HomeMy WebLinkAbout178-91 RESOLUTIONRESOLUTION NO. 178-91
A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING A CONTRACT WITH
MCCLINTON-ANCHOR FOR CONSTRUCTION OF STREET,
SIDEWALK, AND STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS IN
THE DOWNTOWN-DICKSON TARGET AREA AND APPROVAL
OF A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CITY OF
FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS:
Section 1. That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby
authorized and directed to execute a contract in the amount of
$246,517.00 with McClinton -Anchor for construction of street,
sidwalk, and storm draininage improvements in the Downtown -Dickson
target area. A copy of the contract authorized for execution
hereby is attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part
hereof.
Section 2. The Board of
adjustment from Grant Funding,
Public Improvements -Target Area,
amount of $28,889.00. A copy of
hereto and made a part hereof.
Directors hereby approves a budget
Acct. No. 218-918-4-320.00 into
Acct. No. 218-491-5-390.17 in the
the budget adjustment is attached
PASSED AND APPROVED this 1st
ATTEST:
By :/ h 2
anlg4
City C erk
day of October , 1991.
APPROVED:
By.
Mayor
•
44
CHANGE ORDER
1
•
•
PROJECT: City of Fayetteville
(Name, Address) City Administration Building
Room 326, 113 W. Mountain
Fayetteville, AR 72701
TO CONTRACTOR: APAC-Arkansas, Inc.
(Name, Address) McClinton Anchor Division
P. 0. Box 1367
Fayetteville, AR 72702
The Contract is changed as follows:
SEE ATTACHMENT A
•
Qa,/18I/- -1-12
1n t Z
r\ .;, rC OWNER Q
ENGINEER 0
CONTRACTOR [c
sUa-rr\.-as
CA kr
1
CHANGE ORDER NO: 02
DATE: July 20, 1992
ENGINEER'S PROJECT NO: 91092.00
CONTRACT DATE: October 1, 1991°
CONTRACT FOR: Street Improvements
NOT VALID UNTIL SIGNED BY THE OWNER, ENGINEER AND CONTRACTOR
The original (Contract Sum) (iimemorkmmdalimeiaamdmibalcamil was
Net change by previously authorized Change Orders
The (Contract Sum) (Swmamaeadmi'lmisimmimmNimezam) prior to this
Change Order was
The (Contract Sum) IthixanIa Vadmilmaimomntairim) will be
(QlfsawW)Ioaobangal) by this Change Order in t
The new (Contract Sum) Oiaimmaatemeul aax;,mammitai:am) incl
this Change Order will be
The Contract Time will be (icaMAMA,ga,d) (d0tallASdAAfiAtlfli lunch
The date of Substantial Completion as of the date of t
therefore is
(increased)
he amount of...$
uding
$ 246,517.00
$ 13,583.97
$260,100.97
7,867.50
$267,968.47
anged) by (xmxmxnix days.
hs Change Order
August 9, 1992.
NOTE: This summary does not reflect changes in
Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been
Directive.
the Contract Sus, Contract Time or
authorized by Construction Change
APAC-Arkansas, Inc.
Crafton, Tull 8 Associates, Inc. McClinton Anchor Division
ENGINEER
CONTRACTOR
P. 0. Drawer 549 P. 0. Box 1367
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
Rogers, AR 72757-05497549Fayetteville, AR 72702
BY c9/5 -7,-)7a.) / 9.
DATE 7/2 3/f
r4f. (.Atli
7/z4/4z
The City of Fayetteville
OWNER
City Administration Building
Room 326, 113 W. Mountain
ADDRESS
Fayetteville, AR 72701
CHANGE ORDER 110. 2
THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE
STREET IMPROVEMENTS
CTA Project 1191092.00
ATTACHMENT A
1) The addition of two concrete junction boxes along the north side of
Watson Street.
2 each 9 $1,800.00 - $3,600.00
2) The removal and replacement of badly deteriorated concrete sidewalk as
needed along each side of Watson Street.
321 L.F. 9 $7.50 - $2,407.50
3) The removal and replacement of badly deteriorated concrete curb and
gutter as needed along each side of Watson Street.
124 L.F. 9 $15.00 *1.860.00
TOTAL CHANGE ORDER $7,867.50
i
•
p.
I
\� T4.111
0
» R:»
\ kA
04061440fitSesoN v
SOLES GSR *;
i9*
\
/ {rtD&«4 {
«OF- 4E t
•
•
SPECIFICATIONS
WATSON STREET IMPROVEMENTS
ROLLSTON STREET IMPROVEMENTS
THOMPSON AVENUE IMPROVEMENTS
BOLES STREET IMPROVEMENTS
FOR
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS
CDBG No. 91-38
Prepared by:
Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc.
Architects and Engineers
2800 N. 2nd St. / P. 0. Drawer 549
Rogers, AR 72757-0549
August 1991
CTA No. 91092.00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Form N
Advertisement for Bids ',23R -A
Information for Bidders 4238-B(Rv
Bid Bond 423P -E
Bid for Unit Price or Lump Sum Contracts --- -239-D
or 4238-C
Certification of Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity 4/38 -CD -
Certification by Proposed Subcontractor Regarding Equal Employment
Opportunity
;239 -CD -
Certification of Bidder Concerning Labor Standards & Prevailing
Wage Requirements 1h21
Certification of Proposed Subcontractor Concerning Labor Standards
and Prevailing Wage Requirements 11122
4239-:
FMC 7h-7
Contract -
Bonding and Insurance Requirements (For Recipient Information Only).
Performance & Payment Bond (In Conformance with State. Law)---------r----
Certificate of Ownerts Attorney 14238-J
General Conditions 4238-S(R
Supplemental General Conditions 4238-N(R
•
Supplemental General Conditions - Special Eoual Opportunity Provisions
--Part 9
Supplemental General Conditions - Certification of Compliance with
Air and Water Acts Part 9
Supplemental General Conditions - Special Conditions Pertaining to
Hazards
Federal Wage Decision, Minimum Wage Rates
State Wage Determination, Minimum Wage Rates
Technical Specifications
Part 10
•
•
Project No. 91092.00
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas
(Owner/
Separate sealed bids for Watson St. , Rollston St., Thompson Ave. , & Boles St.
Street Improvements for the Community Development Department
HUD -4233-A
(566)
for
will be received by Community Development Department, City of Fayetteville
at the office of City Administration Bldg. , Room 30i, 113 W. Mountain - Fayetteville, AR
until 1:30 o'clock (=CM P.11.,
office publicly opened and read aloud.
S T _x_.0 x.) September 5 19 91 and then at said
The Information for Bidders, Form of Bid, Form of Contract, Plans, Specifications, and Forms of Bid Bond.
Performance and Payment Bond, and other contract documents may be examined at the following:
The office of Crafton, Tull and Associates, Inc., 2800 N. 2nd St. - Rogers, AR
and The Community Development Department - 113 W. Mountain - Fayetteville, AR
Copies may be obtained at the office of Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc.
located at
2800 N. 2nd St. - Rogers, AR upon payment of S 50.00 for each set.
Any unsuccessful bidder, upon returning such set promptly and in good condition, will be refunded his payment,
and any non -bidder upon so returning such a set will be refunded S 0.00
•
The owner reserves the right to waive any informalities or to reject any or all bids.
Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in the amount, form and subject to the conditions provided in
the Information for Bidders.
Attention of bidders is particularly called to the requirements as to conditions of employment to be abseiled
and minimum wage rates to be paid under the contract.
No bidder may withdraw his bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof.
August 12, 1991 Jan Simco - Fayetteville Community
(Date) Development Director
;a0 9- 156
•
•
•
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
1. Receipt and Opening of Rids
The City of Fayetteville, AR
HUD 4238-B(R
(herein called
the "Owner"), invites bids on the form attached hereto, all blanks of which
must be appropriately filled in. Bids will be received by the Owner at the
office of Community Development, Rm. 309, 113 W. Mountain 1:30
o'clock YXx{-P M SZSDST September 5, 1991 WilmOS and then at
said office publicly opened and read aloud. The envelopes containing the bids
must be sealed, addressed to Community Development Dept. City Administration Bldg.
•
at Room 309, 113 W. Mountain
Street Improvements
and designated as Bid for
The Owner may consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accord-
ance with the provisions hereof and may waive any informalities or reject any
and all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for
the opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after
the time and date specified shall not be considered. No bidder may withdraw a
bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof.
2. Preparation of Bid
Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by
Certification by Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity, Form
HUD -4238 -CD -1, and Certification by Bidder (Contractor), concerning Labor
Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements, Form HUD -1421. All blank
spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both
words and figures, and the foregoing Certifications must be fully completed
and executed when submitted.
Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name
of the bidder, his address. and the name of the project for which the bid is
submitted. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must
be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in the bid form.
3•Subcontracts
The bidder is specifically advised that any person. firm, or other party to whom
it is proposed to award a subcontract under this contract --
b.
Must be acceptable to the Owner after verification by the HUD Area Office
of the current eligibility status, and,
Must submit Form HUD -4238 -CD -2, Certification by -Proposed Subcontractor
Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity and Certification by Proposed Sub-
Ccntractor Concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements,
Form HUD -1422. Approval of the proposed subcontract award cannot be given
by the Owner unless and until the proposed subcontractor has submitted the
Certifications and/or other evidence showing that it has fully complied with
any reporting requirements to which it is or was subject.
Previous Editions Obsolete
•
•
•
•
3
9. Time of Completion and Liquidated Daaages
Bidder must agree to commence work on or before a date to be specified in a
'written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project
within _ 60— consecutive calendar days thereafter. Bidder must agree also to
pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $ 200.00 for each consecutive
calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in the General Conditions.
10. Conditions of Work
Each bidder must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the con-
struction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so
will not relieve a successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all material
and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of his contract. Insofar as
possible the contractor, in carrying out his work, must employ such mettods or
means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the von of
any other contractor.
11. Addenda and Interpretations
No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre-bid
documents will be made to any bidder orally.
Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to
Mr. Tom Hopper, Crafton, Tull & Assoc. at P.O. Drawer 549 - Rogers, AR 72757-0549
and to be given consideration must be received at least five days prior to the
date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any
supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the speci-
fications which. if issued, will be mailed by certified mail with return re-
ceipt requested to all prospective bidders tat the respective addresses fur-
nished for such purposes), not later than three days prior to the date fixed
for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or
interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid
as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the contract documents.
12. Security for Faithful Performance
Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed contract, the Contractor shall
furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for faithful performance of this
contract and for the payment of all persons performing labor on the project
under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract,
as specified in the General Conditions included herein. The surety on such
bond or bonds shall be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory to the
Owner.
13. Power of Attorney
Attorneys -in -fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond
a certified and effectively dates copy of their power of attorney.
•
4
14. Notice of Special Conditions
Attention is particularly called to those parts of the contract documents and
specifications which deal with the following:
(a) Inspection and testing of materials.
(b) Insurance requirements.
(c) Wage rates.
(d) Stated allowances.
15. Laws and Regulations
•
The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws,
municipal ordinances, and the rules and,. regulations of all authorities having
jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract
throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as
though herein written out in full.
16. Method of Award - Lowest Qualified Bidder
If at the time this contract is to be awarded, the lowest base bid submitted
by a responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds then estimated by
the Owner as available to finance the contract, the contract will be awarded
on the base bid only. If such bid exceeds such amount, the Owner may reject
all bids or may award the contract on the base bid combined with such deducti-
ble alternates applied in numerical order in which they are listed in the Form
of Bid, as produces a net amount which is within the available funds.
17. Obligation of Bidder
At the time of the opening of bids each bidder will be presumed to have in-
spected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the plans
and contract documents (including all addenda). The failure or omission of
any bidder to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no way relieve
any bidder from any obligation in respect of his bid.
•
•
•
Supplement 'orm HUD-L238-B(E)
INiORHATIur, FOR BIDDERS
18. SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION
With respect to all work performed under this contract, the contractor
shall:
1. Comply with the safety standards provisions of applicable laws,
building and construction codes and the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction" published by the Associated General Contractors of America,
the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public
Law 91-596), and the requirements of Title 29 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, Section 1518 as published in the "Federal Register", Volume
36, No. 75, Saturday, April 17, 1971.
2. Exercise every precaution at all tines for the prevention of accidents
and the protection of persons (including employees) and property.
3. Maintain at his office or other well known place at the job site, all
articles necessary for giving first aid to the inured, and shall make
standing arrangements for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's
care of persons (including employees), who may be injured on the job site.
In no case shall employees be permitted to work at a job site before the
employer has made a standing arrangement for removal of injured persons to
a hospital or a doctor's care.
•
•
•
•
U. 5. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
BID BOND
•
xuo-a29e-E
(2-66)
(Formerly CFA -2,8-E)
KNOW ALL NEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
as Principal, and
as Surety. are hereby held
and firmly bound unto
The City of Fayetteville
as owner
In the penal sum of
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and sever-
ally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
Signed, this
day of 196--
The
96_
The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has
submitted to Community Development Dept. - Fayetteville, AR a certain Bid,
attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing,
for the
Street Improvements to Watson St., Rollston St.,
Thompson Ave., and Boles St. - Fayetteville, AR
NOW, THEREFOR,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate,
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver
a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in
accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful per-
formance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing
labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and ef-
fect: it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for
any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this ob-
ligation as herein stated.
•
•
• The Surety. for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension
of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid: and said Surety does hereby
waive autice of any such extension.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands
and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to
be hereto affixed and these ;resents to be signed by their proper officers, the day
and year first set forth above.
(L. S. )
Principal
S
SEAL By'
•
•
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK
GRANT REGULATIONS Attachment B
Federal•Management Circular 74-7
BONDING AND INSURANCE
REQUIREMENTS
A State or local unit of government receiving a grant from
the Federal Government which requires contracting for construc-
tion or facility improvement shall follow its own requirements
relating to bid guarantees, performance bonds, and payment bonds
except for contracts exceeding $100,000. For contracts exceeding
$100,000, the minimum requirements shall be as follows:
a. A bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five per-
cent
`cent of the bid price. The "bid guarantee" shall consist of a
IEEE commitment such as a bid bond, certified check, or other
negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the
bidder will, upon acceptance of his bid, execute such contractual
documents as may be required within the time specified.
b. A performance bond on the part of the contractor for 100
percent of the contract price. A perflrmance bond" is one exe-
cute in connection w tai a contract to secure fulfillment of all
the contractor's obligations under such contract.
c. A payment bond on the part of the contractor for 100 per-
cent of the contract price. A "payment Fond" is one executed in
connection with contract to assure payment as required by law
of all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of
the work provided for in the contract.
1
•
A.I.A. Document No. A-310 (February 1970 Ed )
Sedgwick James
Sadgwlek James of Arkansas, Inc.
900 S Shacklelord Road, Suite 600. PO Box 511, Little Rock, Arkansas 72203-0511
Telephone (501) 223.3111. Telex 536249. Facsimile (501) 2238461
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we. APAC-ARKANSAS , INC., McCLINTON-ANCHOR DIVISION
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal. and INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of PENNSYLVANIA
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Fayetteville
City Ministration Bldg., 113 West Mountain
Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
FIVE PJ VT OF THE AMOUNT CF BID
Dollars ($
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made. the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves. our heirs, executors.
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents
• WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
Watson St., Rollston St., 'Thompson Ave., & Boles St., Street Improvements
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in
accordance with the terms of such bid. and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good
and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and mateial furnished in the
prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall
pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for
which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null
and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 5th day of September
W (Witness)
OZUn
• Et,. cc -t,
SJ -1316-a
CjaC\(Ct
(Witness) i
A.D. 19 91
APAC-ARKANSAS. INC.. McCLINTON -ANCHOR DIV.
(Pr(Seal)
BY 44,12 2 l • 64. Vice President
(Title)
IN URANCE COIfPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
(Surety) (Seal)
JudyF�knks Butler
1
Attorney in tact
\Pr '�lEft OF Inswrarice Company of Norm Amentia;
' ORNEY, oCom+CpfT1pany
�.✓2�-
\✓ :
�C ' 1CnOYt� I. men by these. Elfesen.ts;.That INSURANCE COMPAN OF ORM AMERICA, 1 corporation of the CommonwutiI '
�' -/ sy inw hap`mq its principal- office in the City of Phlledelphu,, Psnnsylvania..p suant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board OI
�C,OW ' \�
pra`ol the aald Ctmlpup oil December S,.tgli3, to wit::•
lei 1 �^ 4 "a
. l5OWmMI , drama to mica 3.11 all $ 1 M 01 Ottawa. M
. lb follewRae N awe Me nada/b CwWMbeetle.
at endMNWop
M, nenMnew t ovias Yid Na
ati*lae•e'Mt�Nl�r*�ItOtest .:: -. ' ,, , . .,. .. . „ .`.
IN j1„,,,-N.:T(MlM h*edeal. Ma awe Y,re PMO*MMI, Mr VN* Proemial. onv MNMm Vim Proudm, at oar Abn/ Nf ret. mw Macre M, .Mea Doha W lee COOFein t any ea M boasi
'..\i ./ tleMreebee.hapewNw,ewrw* as tear alba le M tareMMm, Ms and to be Masai see.Sewn by me CorxenN a*seMS.Ma/ Salaam Cnporre lactiary. .a tRY\
� �\ HM toss romper y eta*W llamas: sW tW toe president. Maj seat Vie* herd Mt. Mr VNO Pasant - any esastate Viae Prada may toga* ad trlkriM My Ola altar IelaCtef 0F:S'
• : ^v^ yybNm.d) el me Ccapay, sed MtwOe,Yrf*cl to W *saute et men to the *.ecwps. a a *ace taros M brew el JIM toepe,y seri to law lb* WI at the CMeyby teMae -. c.^
et; ` \
1 / pay sea 1rbPp ts*cale(} pcemuN• wue pt***RY1*e epee b as bodies secs tIM Cespury N an CCN N IIM�iee arse M Ill* Dr*srm Md MMaW b ate teparaM aeoraery "\
.t The Ya1Wrtet Out R*Rosanaa elle Vie* P,aidm,ere VN* Peram. M MMMrer Y,C. hyoney a Ib intIlIt. tmpea 1M, M*ir4.dy aril
Meep la0a*neiM%^
' \ ,e*.MdaebeM I61l.eR...MM{ end Me Wnabe as taehM$ Officer and t1 seal rM*Goan,, nay b Mfeed by Mcetea.b Pay cMUkae a lay detll pan... OM say seen powws.k
(1I v, Stab atbr Waits el ill COepany. tad ARM*ryMllatet r athaes .teMMy to artily or Nally team et tee ReerMlo.. t,e By -lata r RM Comps/. ell ayatreelt et racer. «I M Comp!t,,
.// \e -7- M NM O*r,aae al t�M Aepee. -.' '1, - r \\
- ,., ill Buba. el 1Na esch en Sea tir ttvM* say .Net Want; rata by Rewaims ei 1M bald Old/Mors adopiW wan 9. lass May Mk an end Mart 23. .an
'don:harepy nominate, constitute and appoint ' DONALD. R. HENDERSON. JUDY FRANKS BUTLER, and, MARY? GARDNER, <'
alVo£ the City of Little Rock, State' of'Arkansas--------------------
CIGNA
253923
Y
C ga;,
C
e cit
0
Z,
V
o coa,it'RI 1.... COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIAse. R. E WEANS., VICE PrOSident2 ... COUNTY OF PHILADELPHIA_ 43 19thA D 1990- -- balore the subscriber. a Natant Public of -.6 4” the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in and for the Countiot Fhiladelphia duly corninissioned and qualified, came lk. E.'9iveans, Vice- -President of the INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMEFtICA w me personally known to be the individual and officer doicribed in and -0 43) who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and, being by me duli SW01%1. diiposeth and_ -.it e... saith, that he is the officer of the Company aforesaid, end that the seal affixed to the preciding iiistreMent ia the corporals seal ol saidGt c Company. and the said corporate seal and his signature as officer were duty affixed:and aubacribed tri the said instrurnent by the authorityCD and directlowattielffajihrorporation. and that Resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company, referred to in the preceding .4aby•sefficief leaf at the City of Philadelphia the day and year '... NOTARIAL SEALOF *5. JULIA ANNA R01:IANA, Notary Punlif...,which the toregaltar444(04tSorrect copy. is in full forte and effeci. N Fir,. In witness akikratinillAve hereunto subicribed my name -as: Secretary. anti affixectiliii corporate seat of Wit Corporation, thia „,.
its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, to, make, execute, seal and "deliver for and on its behalf, and as its act and dead any
and all Bonds and Undertakings, LIMITED in amounts,•TWENTY FIVE MILLION 025;000,000.
on behalf of AFAC-Arkansas„ Inc. and APAC-Mississippi; Inc: , - and ADAC-Tennessee.. .-
Said Bonds and Undertakings to be signed, for the Company and the Sea1 of the: •Company
attached thereto by any one of the said Donald R. Henderson, :Judy Franks Butler,. and
Mary Gardner, individually.
And the execution of such writings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply as if they had
been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said R. E. Givean.. Vice -President, has hereunto subscribed his name and affixed the
corporate seal of the said INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA this 19th day of
August is 90
INSURANCE COMPANY. OF NORTH AMERICA
U 1 -
\!
e 4s y4ie/ •vK .,'.
:: Secretary •
v- ,;,.c • , A .• : o,
N'J+�rjDATEAFTERAugust�l9'1 1992=--‘;
1
THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY MAY NOT BE USED TO EXECUTCANY BI
•
We,
Sedgwick James
Sedgy/fa James of Arkansas, Inc.
900 S. Shackleford Road, Suite 600, PO Box 511
Little Rock. Arkansas 72203-0511
Telephone (501) 223-3111, Telex 536249, Facsimile (501) 223-8461
ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND
APAC-ARKANSAS, INC., McCLINTON-ANCHOR DIVISION
as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
as Surety, hereinafter
called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of TWO HUNDRED FORTY SIX THOUSAND FIVE
HUNDRED SEVENTEEN AND NO/100 Dollars ($ 246,517.00 )
for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, personal representatives, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
• Principal has by written agreement dated
entered into a contract with Owner for STREET IMPROVEMENTS FOR WATSON ST. , ROLLSTON ST.,
THOMPSON AVE., & BOLES STREET FOR THE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
FAYETTEVILLE, AR
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
The condition of this obligation is such that if the principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part
and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason
of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may
incur in making good any such default, and futher, that if the Principal shall pay all persons all indebtedness for
labor or materials furnished or performed under said contract failing which such persons shall have a direct right
of action against the Principal and Surety jointly and severally under this obligation, subject to the Owner's priori-
ty, then this obligation shall be null and voil; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action
or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the Owner after twelve months from the date final payment
is made on the contract, nor shall any suit, action or proceeding be brought by the Owner after two years from
the date on which the final payment under the Contract falls due.
Any alterations which may be made in the terms of the Contract, or in the work to be done under it, or the
giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forbearance on
the part of either the Owner or the Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety
Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors, or assigns from their liability
ereunder, notice to the Surety or Sureties of any such alteration, extension or forbearance being hereby waived.
In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set out herein.
This bond is given in compliance with act 351 of 1953 as amended.
Executed on this . day of 19
APAC-ARKANSAS INC., McCLINTON-ANCHOR DIV.
RE -ORDER - ARK. GRAPHICS. INC. P.O. BOX 34080. LITTLE ROCK, AR 72203-4080
Aw-a- Insurance Company of North America
°CIGNA canp°ny CIGNA
319220
Know LH man by these presents: That INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, a corporation of he Commonwealth
•
of Pennsylvania, having its principal office in the City of Philadelphia. Pennsylvania, pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of `
.[Mora of She aid Company on December 5, 1983, to wit:
'A VCp. Mei paw sm Ip Amct., 3.11 .mb 5.1 et the ey'n
�.. Or tonowS,9 Rules .Mn gown the ..pe.dan Ir impenN
s Coy a bonds, undYenme, recognizance., cep/sate te art o
tare tlaweh
011 tkwt 11 nrelr.L .p eelr VIN President. arty vies PraradS..1M AaYY.e vin Reorder. ae amy Altwn.y-lefct. say ember. Wee and en bSiS a IM Cornrow see end el(bonds.
NOdtpFOlrpMnninlo
nannies In the l. tnature dieathe sense to be healed when Prosser by Me Corporate SeerYy. MMM
.rmey Aam S.
Corporate nl me
owlet p✓ .m W speedo; re IMI INA.eidrn. any s.nor are Pnadent, any Vic. enterew Oe My fee_- Vie* President may *NON an eShwIx• OW are Ores(�teo re
Ra M Si Carew, wed Manes-wrestot N aa_Ma on . anto btu *eeeabNes winnow a 11pen
* et noaN behalf a Cay Clod to .fed owl . On Coney uAww.. .
MNiIA
▪ t)s Mw .p wisp el eMe0 le evadltee wpm WOW Riese r .. radar ,eat the Company waw 0.ee as thee. shred by IN Preeid.et and mantel to by we Carreto SeSSIaty.
• dot Tiro Swann e eM PreWoel.eatee Vice Pt.wMYa.ronto fMd.e.rte peA.ataIM wig PrWNA W esu est l the Conan may be alined be fearer ea esu pole a owns
ONMd&arMot Mei A..sNo.earer aPleo a.a.rebap ORbar ear Me meal et bur Company ley be ratted by t.oY.W no ear Nrnbae M fay ewe pear, meal w such pewee or
aeld9ces OWN seen ho.FYa agStw. w tont sur be need w melee[ an re Cowry.
pet Ada ante Mostar 4444 Caepeay. end Atraw$leare Yep boa seniority to entity or wry epee el 1144 Resolution, esu 9y -Lawn el the Colwrie, ear eny ardent or mooed el the Company
.Mxte.se M not dlSYW9S of mar Mea.
(0) ted mow of this R...Ml a Nes Mt teas* asy serge .Iarodty panto by R*.olui.s r 11. aesrd a enactor. adopted 01 Jose 9. 1953, Mee W. 1025 end rare 23. 1922 "
does hneby nominate, constitute and appoint DONALD R. HENDERSON, JUDY FRANKS BUTLER, and MARY GARDNER,
all of the City of Little Rock, State of Arkansas-
e
•
I
•
.D W
io•
3
g
• 120
ao
m
Q�
C fD
To 8
m
Zo
r
its true and (awful agent and attomey.ln-fact. to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, and es its act and deed any
and all Bonds and Undertakings, LIMITED in amounts, TWENTY FIVE MILLION ($25,000,000.) i
on behalf of APAC-Arkansas, Inc. and APAC-Mississippi, Inc., and APAC-Tennessee. ;
Said Bonds and Undertakings to be signed for the Company and the Seal of the Company 1
attached thereto by any one of the said Donald R. Henderson, Judy Franks Butler, and
Mary Gardner, individually.
And. the execution of such writings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon said Company. as fully and amply as if they had
'been duty executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office.
04 WITNESS WHEREOF, the said R. E. Giveens, VIce•President, has hereunto subscribed his name and affixed the
corporate seat of the said INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA this 19th day of
August 19 90
INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
COUNTY OF PHILADELPHIA
On this 19th
Se.
day of August A O 1990_ before the subscriber. a Notary Public of
by 1
R. E. WEANS, Vice President
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in and for the County of Philadelphia duly commissioned and qualified, care R. E. Giveane. Vice -
President of the INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA to me personally known to be the individual and officer described in. and
who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and, being by me duly sworn, deposeth and
faith, that he is the officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said f
r
Company, and the said corporate seal and his signature as officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority
and directiOaettialabiSforporation, and that Resolution. adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company, referred to in the preceding
ins'----'�
S.
•e• ti; •: •: . OF. !have heretmte her pew howl .,.w .aro.. .. seal at the CRY of Philadelphia the day and year k
hr abo t: ttan. f's NOTARIAL SEAL / !"
y = JULIA MINA ROHANA, Notary Public � f�
`_ OF x
_ = Philadelphia, Philadelphia County
nolary Public
My Commission Expires August 20.1 ° "w' i
1, the 4e014490110etery okiNSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, do hereby Certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY. of a
which the fore9oi' forrect copy. Is in lull force and effect. `
t'
In rite[[[ y�(ieflssR)Qtave hereunto subscribed my name as Secretary, and affixed the corporate seal of the Cbrporehon. this
■F
day of
Jams. S. Wy(ki
Secretary
THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY MAY NOT BE USED TO EXECUTE ANY BOND WITH AN INCEPTION DATE AFTER June A , 1993
Certificate of Insurance
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED ASA MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND. EX TEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES LISTED BELOW.
NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENCY
United Service Agency, Inc.
Post Office Box 11765
Lexington, Kentucky 40577
COMPANY COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGES
LEITER
A Insurance Company of North America
B Pacific Employers Insurance Company
NAME ANO ADDRESS OF INSURED
APAC-ARKANSAS, INC.
MCCLINTON-ANCHOR DIVISION
240 NORTH BLOCK
P. 0. BOX 1367
FAYEZTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72702
C
Atlantic Employers Insurance Company
D
E
F
G
This is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above and are in force at this time.
COMPANY
LETTER
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY
EXPIRATION DATE
Umits of Liability in Thousands 10001
EACH POLICY
OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE
A
•
GENERAL UABIUTY
COMPREHENSIVE FORM
PREMISES—OPERATIONS
EXPLOSION AND COLLAPSE
HAZARD
UNDERGROUND HAZARD
PRODUCTS/COMPLETED
OPERATIONS HAZARD
CONTRACTUAL INSURANCE
BROAD FORM PROPERTY
DAMAGE
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS
PERSONAL INJURY
LAB 26606
12-1-92
PERSONAL INJURY
INCLUDING
BODILY INJURY/
PROPERTY DAMAGE
$
PERSONAL INJURY,
BODILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE
COMBINED
$ 1,000
$ 1,000
•
A
AUTOMOBILE UABIUTY
® COMPREHENSIVE FORM
® OWNED
® HIRED
® NON -OWNED
LAB 26606
12-1-92
BODILY INJURY
(EACH PERSON)
BODILY INJURY
(EACH OCCURRENCE)
PROPERTY DAMAGE
BOOILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE
COMBINED
s 1,000
EXCESS UABIUTY
❑ UMBRELLA FORM
❑ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA
FORM
BODILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE
COMBINED
A
A
B
C
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
and
EMPLOYERS' UABIUTY
RSCC23575024
RSCC23575498
W LR C24243448
RSCC36209318
12-1-91
STATUTORY
$ 1,000 (EACH ACCIDENT}
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES
Watson St., Rollston St., Thompson Ave., & Boles St., Street Improvements
Cancellation: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will
endeavor to mail 30 days written notice to the below named certificate holder, but failure to mail such notice
shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company.
•
NAME AND ADDRESS OF CERTIFICATE HOLDER:
Community Development Department
City of Fayetteville
City Administration Building,
113 West Mountain
Fayetteville, Arkangns
DATE ISSUED:
September 18, 1991
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
99343 102/91)
.rr
«ySI r
. r
jr 1 YA• n.I 5 _
li ♦�♦�♦r t/1YYIY1 rn•�1:11� i yl.. i- I.
1 iuU`
s ` ' I`Ai ,'!' Y
•. 41 r •(t
,'.•... I re s hot`!%%♦•
i
TT��
rilo�nereial ab' Iit ♦u Policy
�)(r'( a) u[ l e4i'h'r FYY • _�. •� 1
•
ut:'. T
�{�j pNelly y n
f ♦. d0�.�td a el Y`t � r r J r •..
• �ie{1''r�jrN' + As+•v J • r {
1 wl' Y+5`r2i�r �kZr bf 1` µ � f
III
♦:\-O yH,r♦Y � i 4+\1 pJr 11 �n
i z: r
e .. r .. 'r
ar
r •„ • 1l
Vivre
1 ! /•1 1.1 yy frJlr ^r ,( jYV Y. �4 vf, a N ill
.+
} a ,r ww.ti^9Y i l!y�G1l•.-,...........P
y Fb r., .',I 1 t 1 .n of r(
♦ \ `S1�4 hfJ Pc (.♦P"n�r yl 1 •y' a ♦ 1a
•lam } 1 II \ •]
e"\i5Ya ♦IYc' ,j d114'r♦ r h ♦41T; F ,1 r; �� nt 1 1 !:
1f
:'':.I-: .- : - :
__,r
r _ T
`v .>•cxl ♦n I•Y vr' l •x a� / 1 e
SSq `•Y�}�' mow.. Ira vrJ
r ; c 4y'..v.. yYr
bl 4y • .
S , n
.. hln f
SIC♦ LD;�Lt/ . 1
♦�'`vo ��. r 1•
4 'Y 1 JWij fxr�i. \r ♦ F
'v Yyy4"�T•♦f . �Y(,•)j(ftif(UY '•.i na ,•r r a
7♦ $ h a a y� 1
r • TIi 5�5Iy 5 +i^ �. /- r ♦ 11 I•. / \♦ I'h♦
t' .L r r �.. . / a. •i• IWA 'I N. r₹. .h^(. r 4♦i aY lary Ir / e _ 5 ���
r•r �a f'i aiiyj��.sY L -.v ♦. "w__ yy.�rrtZ. / -
u,+' xf ♦ ♦ r" �,'x.a 1. i ,^1�(li�•Mrh I'r /!/, �..�. •}1 ne Ji. ;.laf-.V +5 sr\! /•
—�..-�--._m
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE
LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM - COVERAGE
FOR OPERATIONS OF DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR
Various provisions of this policy restrict coverage. (1) Operations
Read the entire policy carefully to determine rights, performed for you by the
duties and what is and is not covered, g the Declarations;
actor" at the location specified in
the Dor
Throughout this policy the words "you" and "your" (ii) Your acts or omissions in connection
refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declara-
tions. The words "we; "us" and "our" refer to the with•
tthe general supervision of such
Company providing this insurance. operations; and
The word "insured" means any person or organize- (2) The "bodily injury" or "property damage"
occurs during the policy period.
tion qualifying as such under WHO IS AN INSURED
(Section II). c. Damages because of "bodily injury" include
Other words and phrasesthat appear in quotation damages claimed by any person or organixa-
marks have special meaning. Refer to DEFINITIONS tion for care, loss of services or death resulting
(Section V). at any time from the "bodily injury."
SECTION I - COVERAGES 2. Exclusions.
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This insurance does not apply to:
LIABILITY a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected
1. Insuring Agreement, or intended from the standpoint of the in-
s. We will pay those sums that the insured be- sured. This exclusion does not apply to "bod-
• comes legally obligated to pay as damages ily injury" resulting from the use of reasonable
because of "bodily injury" or "property dam- force to Protect Persons or property.
age" to which this Insurance applies. We will b. "Bodily injury" or• "property damage" for
have the right and duty to defend any "suit" which the insured is obligated to pay damages
seeking those damages. We may at our dis- by reason of the assumption of liability in a
cretion investigate any "occurrence" and settle contract or agreement This exclusion does
any claim or "suit" that may result not apply to liability for damages:
But
(1) Assumed in a contract or agreement that
(1) The amount we will pay for damages is is an "Insured: contract' provided the
limited as described, in LIMITS OF IN- "bodily, injury" or "property damage' oc-
SURANCE (Section 111); and curs subsequent to the execution of the
(2) Our right and duty to defend end when contract or agreement; or
we have used up the applicable limit of (2) That the insured would have in the ab-
insurance in the payment of judgments or sence of the contract or agreement.
settlements. c. "Bodily in' "property
No other obl ation or to Juthe afh damage' which
obligation liability pay sums or occurs after the earliest of the following times:
perform acts or services is covered unless ex-
plicitly provided for under SUPPLEMENTARY (1). When all."work" on the project (other than
u
PAYMENTS; seance, maintenance or repairs) to be per-
formed for you by the
b. This insurance applies to 'bodily in ."contractor' at the
injury and sits of: the covered operations has been
'property damage' only if: completed; or
(1) The 'bodily injury' or "property damage"
is caused by an "occurrence" that takes
place in the "coverage territory" and arises
out of:
•
CG 00 0911 88 Copyright, Insurance Services Qffice, Inc., 1984, 1988 Page 1 of I O
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
• (2) When that portion of the "contractor's" I. 'Bodily "work," out of which the injury or damage injury or "property equipment"
damage" t arising
arises, has been put to its Intended use b out while the use e or preparation a equipment" re or
r.
any person or organization. This exclusion gracing,n pspeed
ormfor, a preen
does not apply to any contractor or sub- ranged uspy or demolition contest or
contractor working directly or indirectly for in any stunting activity.
the "contractor" or as part of the same J.(1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" aris-
Project, ing out of the actual, alleged or threatened
d. "Bodily injury" or 'property damage" arising discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration,
out of your, or your employees', acts or oils- release or escape of pollutants:
$ions other than general supervision of "work" (a) At or from an
Performed for you which is or was atmany time osite orw ed or
byrals "contactor."
e, Any obligation of the insured under a workers - occupied by, or rented or loaned to, any
• compensation, disability nem-insured;
site or location
Pomp ent compensatin law or similar ar (b) At or from an
law. which is or was atnanytime used by or
f. "Bodily injury" to: for any insured or other for the handl-
(1) An employee of the insured arlsing out of ing, storage, disposal, processing or
and in the course of his em treatment of waste;
insured; employment by the
) (cWhichare or were at any time trans -
(2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister ported, handled, stored, treated, dis-
of that employee as a consequence of (1) Posed of, or processed as waste by or
•above,; for any insured_ or. any person or or-
Thaexvlusion applies: ganization for whom you may be legally
responsible; or
• (1) Whether the insured may be liable as an (d) At or from any premises, site or location
employer or in any other capacity; and on which any insured or any contrac-
(2). To any obligation to share damages with or i or subcontractor working directly
• or repay someone sae, who:. must pay or ndirectly on any insureds behalf are
damages because of the Injury, . • Performing operations:
This exclusion does not apply for liability as- (1) If the pollutants are brought on or
sume_d by the Insured under an "insured con- to the premises, site or location in
t connection with such operations by
g• "Property damage" to: such insured, contractor or subcon-
tractor, or
(1) Property you own, rent; or occupy;
(2) Property loaned to you; (11) If the operations are to test for,
monitor, clean up, remove, contain,
(3) Personal property in the care, custody or tact detoxify or neutralize, or in any
control of the Insured; or; way respond to, a assess the effects
(4) "Work' Performed for you by the. •con- of pollutants.,
tractor."Subparagraph, (a) and (d)(i) do not apply to
h. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" due to "wily injury" or "property damage' arising out
war, whether or not declared, or any act or of heat smoke or fumes from a hostile fire.
condition incident to war, War Includes civil As used in this exclusion, a hostile fire means one
war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution. This which becomes uncontrollable or breaks out from
exclusion applies only to lability- assumed where it was intended to be.
under.
(1) An "insured contract" or
(2) Expenses for first aid.
•
Page 2 of 7 Copyright, Insurance Servi es Qfflce. Inc., 1984, 1988 CG 00 09 11 22 O
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
• (2) Any loss, cost, or expense arising out of
any:
(a) Request, demand or order that any in-
sured or others ten for, monitor, clean
up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or
neutralize, or in any way respond to, or
assess the effects of pollutants; or
(b) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a gov-
ernmental authority for damages be-
cause of testing for, monitoring,
cleaning up, removing, containing,
treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or
in any way responding to or assessing
the effects of pollutants.
3. The cost of bonds to release attachments, but
only for bond amounts within the applicable limit
of insurance. We do not have to furnish these
bonds.
4. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured
at our request to assist us in the investigation or
defense of the claim or suit," including actual
loss of earnings up to $100 a day because of time
off from work.
5. All costs taxed against the insured in the "suit."
8.
Pollutants means any solid, liquid, gaseous or
thermal irritant or contaminant, including
smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, 7
chemicals and waste. Waste includes mated -
ale to be recycled, reconditioned or reclaimed.
k. Property damage' to impaired property' or
property that has not been physically injured,
arising out of:
(1) A defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dan-
gerous condition in "work" performed for
you by the "contractor," or
• (2) A delay or failure by you or anyone acting
on your behalf to perform a contract or
agreement in accordance with its terms.
This exclusion does not apply to the loss of
use of other property arising out of sudden
and accidental physical injury to "work" per-
formed for you by the 'contractor."
C
SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS
We will pay, with respect to any claim or 'suit' we
defend:
1. All expenses we incur.
2. Up to $250 for cost of bail bonds required be-
cause of accidents or traffic law violations arising
out of the use of any vehicle to which this insur-
ance applies. We do not have to furnish these
bonds.
Prejudgment interest awarded against the insured
on that part of the judgment we pay. If we make
an offer to paythe applicable limit of insurance,
we will not pay any prejudgment interest based
on that period of time after the offer.
All interest on the full amount of any judgment
that accrues after entry of the judgment and be-
fore we have paid, offered to pay, or deposited in
court the part of the judgment that is within the
applicable limit of insurance.
8. Expenses incurred by the insured for first aid to
others at the time of an accident, for 'bodily in-
jury' to which this insurance applies.
These payments will not reduce the limits of insur-
ance.
SECTION 11 - WHO IS AN INSURED
1. If you are designated In the Declarations as:
a. An individual, you and your spouse are in-
sureds.
b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an in-
sured. Your members, your partners, and their
spouses are also insureds, but only with re-
spect to their duties as partners or members
of a joint venture.
CG 00 0911 88 Copyright, Insurance Services Qffice, Inc., 1984, 1988 Page 3 of 7 0
COMMERCIAL. GENERAL LIABILITY
•
c. An organization other than -'a partnership or The limits of this Coverage Part apply separately to
joint venture, you are an insured. Your execu- each consecutive annual Period and to any remain -
this officers and directors are insureds, but ing period of less than 12 months, starting with the
only with respect to their duties as your offi-
cers or directors. Your stockholders are also rations, unless thof the e policy ��� shown in the Dacis-
insureds, but only with respect to their liability P on period is extended after is -
as stockholders. suance for an additional period of less than 12
months. In that case, the additional period will be
2. Each of the following is also an insured: deemed art of the last preceding. P P g period for pur-
e. Any person (other than your employee) or any poses of determining the Limits of Insurance.
organization while acting as yojr real' estate SECTION IV - CONDITIONS
manager. 1. Bankruptcy,
b. Any person or organization having proper Bankruptcyl)/ or insolvency of the insured will not
but only: relieve us of our obligation under this Coverage
(1) With ►es Part
pact to liebarising out of the 2. Cancellation. .
maMtenance or use of of that property; and
(2) Until your legal representative has been a, ,The first Named Insured shown in the Decla-
appointed, rations may cancel this policy by mailing or
respect
representative if delivering to us advance written notice of
c. Your leg
withyou die, but only cancellation.
to duties as such. That represen-
ive will have all your rights and duties under b, We may cancel this policy by mailing or de -
Coverage Part. • livering to the first Named Insured and the
thiNo person or organization is an insured with respect IeasC "ontractor"
written notice of cancellation at
to the conduct of any current or past partnership or
•nt venture that is not shown as a Named Insured (1) 10 days before the effective date of can -
he Decle� cellation if we cancel for non-payment of
SECTION lli - LIMITS OF INSURANCE premium; of
1. The Limits of Insurance shown In the Declare- (2) 30 days before the effective date of can-
tions and the rules below fix the most we will pay cellation if we cancel for any other reason.
regardless of the number of: c. We will mail or deliver our notices to the first
a. Insureds; Named Insured's and the 'contractor's' last
b. Claims made or 'auks' brought or mailing address known to us.
c. Persons or organizations making claims or d. Notice of cancellation will state the effective
bringing s or o g date of cancellation. The policy period will
end on that date.
2. The Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for a. If this policy is cancelled, we will send the
the sum of damages because of all 'bodily injury' 'contrectol' an and 'property damage.' y premium refund due. If we
cancel, the
3. Subject to 2. above, the Each Occurrence Limit Named tInse refund uredancelsthe refund f may Irst be
is the most we will pay for the sum of damages less than pro rata. The cancellation will be ef-
beause of 'bodily InJure and 'property damage' festive even If we have not made or offered a
arising out of any one 'occunence.• refund.
If you designate more then one project in the Dec- f. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be
larations, the Aggregate Limit shall apply separately sufficient proof of notice.
to each project.
•
Page 4 of 7 Copyright; Insurance Services Office, Inc.; 1984, 1988 CG 00 09 11 38 ❑
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
•
3. Changes.
This policy contains all the agreements between
you, the 'contractor' and us concerning the in-
surance afforded. The first Named Insured shown
in the Declarations and the "contractor" are au-
thorized to make changes in the terms of this
policy with our consent. This policy's terms can
be amended or waived only by endorsement is-
sued by us and made a part of this policy.
4. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Claim
Or Suit.
a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon
as practicable of an 'occurrence' which may
result in a claim. To the extent possible, notice
should include:
(1) How, when and where the "occurrence"
took place;
(2) The names and addresses of any injured
persons and witnesses; and
(3) The nature and location of any injury or
damage arising out of the 'occurrence.'
b. If a claim is made or 'suitis brought against
any insured, you must
(1) Immediately record the specifics of the
claim or 'suit' and the date received; and
(2) Notify us as soon as practicable.
You must see to it that we receive written
notice of the claim or 'suit' as soon as prac-
ticable.
c. You and any other involved insured must:
(1) Immediately send us copies of any de-
mands, notices, summonses or legal papers
received in connection with the claim or
'suit'
(2) Authorize us to obtain records and other
information;
(3) Cooperate with us in the investigation,
settlement or defense of the claim or 'suit'
and
(4) Assist us, upon our request, in the
enforcement of any right against any per-
son or organization which may be liable to
the insured because of Injury or damage to
which this insurance may also apply.
d. Na insureds will, except at their own cost,
voluntarily make a payment, assume any obli-
gation, or incur any expense, without our
consent.
5. Examination Of Your Books And Records.
We may examine and audit your books and re-
cords as well as the 'contractor's' books and re-
cords as they relate to this policy at any time
during the policy period and up to three years
afterward.
5. Inspections And Surveys.
We have the right but are not obligated to:
a. Make Inspections and surveys at any time;
b. Give you reports on the conditions we find;
and
c. Recommend changes.
Any inspections, surveys, reports or recommen-
dations relate only to insurability and the premi-
ums to be charged. We do not make safety
inspections. We do not undertake to perform the
duty of any person or organization to provide for
the health or safety of workers or the public. And
we do not warrant that conditions:
a. Are safe or healthful; or
b. Comply with laws, regulations, codes or
standards:
This condition applies not only to us, but also to
any rating, advisory, rate service or similar organ-
ization which makes insurance inspections, sur-
veys, reports or recommendations.
7. Legal Action Against Us.
No person or organization has a right under this
Coverage Part
a. To join us as a party or otherwise bring us into
a 'suit' asking for damages from an insured;
or
b. To sue us on this Coverage Part unless all of
its terms have been fully complied with.
CG 00 0911 88 Copyright, Insurance Services Qff ice, Inc., 1984,1988 Page 5 of 7
Cpl
,
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
• A person or organization may sue us to recover
on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment
against an insured obtained after an actual trial;
but we will not be liable for damages that are not
payable under the terms of this Coverage Part or
that are in excess of the applicable limit of insur-
ance. An agreed settlement means a settlement
and release of liability signed by us, the insured
and the claimant or the claimants legal repre-
sentative.
8. Other Insurance.,
The insurance afforded by this Coverage Part is
primary insurance and we will not seek contrib-
ution from any other insurance available to you
unless the other insurance is provided, by a
"contractor" other than the designated 'contrac-
tor for the same operation and job location des-
ignated in the Declarations. Then we will share
with that other insurance by the method. de-
scribed below,
If all of the other insurance permits contribution
by equal shares, we wilrfollow this method also.
Under this approach, each insurer contributes
equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit
of insurance or none of the loss remains, which.
ever come' first
• If any of the other insurance does not permit
contribution by equal shares, we will contribute
by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share
Is based on the ratio of its applicable limit•of in-
surance to the toter applicable limits of insurance
of all insurers.
9. Premiums.
The 'contractor.'
a. Is responsible for the payment of all premiums;
and.
b. Will be the payee for any return premiums we
pay.
10.Premium Audit.
a. We will compute all premiums for this Cover-
age Part in accordance with our rules and
rates.
b. Premium shown in this Coverage Part as ad-
vance premium is a deposit premium only. At
the close of each audit period we will com-
pute the earned premium for that period. Audit
premiums are due and payable on notice to
the 'contractor.' If the sum of the advance
and audit premiums paid for the policy term
is greater than the earned premium, we will
return the excess to the "contractor.'
•
C. The 'contractor' must keep records of the in-
formation we need for premium computation,
and send us copies at such times as we may
request.
11.Separation Of Insureds.
Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance,
and any rights or duties specifically assigned in
this Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this
insurance applies:
a. As if each Named Insured were the only
Named Insured; and
b. Separately to each insured against whom
claim is made or "suit" is brought.
12.Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against
Others To Us.
If the insured has rights to recover all or part of
any payment we have made under this Coverage
Part those rights are transferred to us. The insured
must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our
request, the insured will bring 'suit" or transfer
those rights to us and help us enforce them.
13.When We Do Not Renew.
If we decide not to renew this Coverage Part, we
will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured
shown in the Declarations written notice of the
nonrenewal not less than 30 days before the ex-
piration date.
If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be suffi-
cient proof of notice.
SECTION V DEFINITIONS
1. "Auto" means a land motor vehicle, trailer or
semitrailer designed for travel on public roads,
including any attached machinery or equipment.
But 'auto' does not include 'mobile equipment."
2. 'Bodily injury' means bodily injury, sickness or
disease sustained by a person, including death
resulting from any of these at any time.
3. "Contractor' means the contractor designated in
the Declarations.
4. 'Impaired property' means tangible property,
other than work performed for you, that cannot
be used or is lea useful because:
a. It incorporates work performed for you that is
known or thought to be defective, deficient,
inadequate or dangerous; or
b. You have failed to fulfill the terms of a cone
tract or agreement;
Page 8 of 7 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984, 1988 CG 00 09 11 88 O
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
6.
•
•
if such property can be restored to use by:
a. The repair, replacement, adjustment or re-
moval of the work prepared for you; or
b. Your fulfilling the terms of the contract or
agreement.
'Insured contract' means:
a. A lease of promises;
b. A sidetrack agreement;
c. Any easement or license agreement, except In
connection with construction or demolition
operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad;
d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to
indemnify a municipality, except in con-
nection with work for a municipality; or
e. An elevator maintenance agreement.
'Mobile equipment" means any of the following
types of land vehicles, including any attached
machinery or equipment:
a. Bulldozers, farm machinery, forklifts and other
vehicles designed for use principally off public
roads;
b. Vehicles maintained for use solely on or next
to promises you own or rent
c. Vehicles that travel on crawler treads;
d. Vehicles, whether self-propelled or not, main-
tained primarily to provide mobility to perma-
nently mounted:
(1) Power crones, shovels, loaders, diggers or
drills; or
(2) Road construction or resurfacing equip-
ment such as graders, scrapers or rollers;
e. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above
that are not self-propelled and are maintained
primarily to provide mobility to permanently
attached equipment of the following types:
(1) Air compressors, pumps and generators,
including spraying, welding, building
cleaning, geophysical exploration, lighting
and well servicing equipment; or
(2) Cherry pickers and similar devices used to
raise or lower workers;
f. Vehicles not described in a., b., C. or d. above
maintained primarily for purposes other than
the transportation of persons or cargo.
However, self-propelled vehicles with the fol-
lowing types of permanently attached equip-
ment are not "mobile equipment" but will be
considered autos:"
(1) Equipment designed primarily for:
(a) Snow removal;
(b) Road maintenance, but not con-
struction or resurfacing;
(c) Street cleaning;
(2) Cherry pickers and similar devices
mounted on automobile or truck chassis
and used to raise or lower workers; and
(3) Air compressors, pumps and generators,
including spraying, welding, building
cleaning, geophysical exploration, lighting
and well servicing equipment.
7. Occurrence' means an accident including con-
tinuous or repeated exposure to substantially the
same general harmful conditions.
Be 'Property damage' means:
a. Physical injury to tangible property, including
all resulting loss of use of that property. All
such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at
the time of the physical injury that caused it;
or
b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not
physically injured. All such loss of use shall
be deemed to occur at the time of the "oc-
currence" that caused it.
9. 'Suit' means a civil proceeding, brought in the
United States of America (including its territories
and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada, in
which damages because of "bodily injury" or
'property damage' to which this insurance ap-
plies are alleged. "Suit" includes:
a. An arbitration in which such damages are
claimed and to which you must submit or do
submit with our consent; or
b. Any other alternative dispute resolution proc-
ess in which such damages are claimed and
to which you submit with our consent.
10.'WorkIncludes materials, parts or equipment
furnished in connection with the operations.
CG 00 09 11 88 Copyright, Insurance Services Qffice, Inc., 1984,1988 Page 7 of 7 0
INK INSURANCE. COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA
GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY DECLARATIONS
Nmrted F City of FAyetteville
Insured 113 W. Mountain
Fayetteville, AR 72703 and
Address Grafton, Tull & Associates, Inc.
P. 0. Drawer 549
L Rogers, AR 72757
PolicyPeriod:From September 18, 1991
Occupation:
Audit Period: Annual, unless otherwise stated
afforded is only with respect to such. of the following Parts and
shall be as staled herein, subject to all of the terms of the no
COVERAGE PARTS
❑ Comprehensive General Liability Insurance
❑ Owners', Landlords' and Tenants' Liability Insurance
0 Structural Alternations, New Construction, Demolition
❑ Manufacturers' and Contractors' Liability Insurance
❑ Independent Contractors
mpleted Operations and Products Liability Insurance
contractual Liability Insurance
IR Owners' Protective
❑ Liability Insurance
0
❑ Comprehensive Personal Insurance
❑ Farmer's Comprehensive Personal Insurance
❑ Premises Medical Payments Insurance
GLP GO 61 17 45 4
The Named Insured is:
❑ Individual 0 Partnership 0 Corporation
❑ Joint Venture IOther)
to See Endorsement 12:01 A.M., standard time at the address
of the Named Insured as stated herein.
No. 2
therein as are indicated by J. The limit of the Company's liability against each
reference thereto.
LIMITS OF LIABILITY
Bodily Injury Liability Property Damage Liability
each occurrence aggregate each occurrence aggregate
(Each
$1,000,000 I II $1,000,000 ($1,000,000
Personal liability Personal Medical Payments
each occurrence each person each accident
$ $ $
Physical Damage to Property Animal Collision —Farmer's Part Only,
$ each occurrence Market Value not exceeding $300 each animal
each person each accident
$ $
each person aggregate
0 Personal Injury Liability Insurance
Endorsements attached to policy at inception:
E
GL109 (OCP), Endorsements No. 1, 2 and 3
general aggregate
During the post three years no insurer has cancelled insurance, Issued to the named insured, similar to that afforded hereunder, unless otherwise stated herein:
lithe Policy Period is more than one year an] the premium is to be paid in installments, premium is payable on.
Ind Ann ary
2nd Anniversary $ic
Countersigned By r
Adtlwnrea e t
This Declarations and Coverage Part(s), with Policy Standard Provisions and Endorsements, if any, issued to form a part thereof, completes the above numbered policy.
LD-2E02 Prd. in U.S.A.
United
Service
Agency,
1 Inc.
P.O. Box 11765 —Lexington, Kentucky 40577—(606)269-9606
September 18, 1991
MR GARY SCHUSTER
APAC-ARKANSAS INC
MCCLINTON-ANCHOR DIVISION
P O BOX 1367
FAYEWEVILLE AR 72702
Re: Owners' Protective Policy
GLPGO6117454
Dear Gary:
Enclosed please find the original and one copy of subject policy and the original and one
copy of Endorsement Nos. 1, 2 and 3.
• The Countersignature Endorsement will be forwarded as soon as possible.
I trust you will find the enclosed in order; however, please call if you have any questions.
Very truly yours,
Julie E. Coleman
Enclosures
cc: Cindy Schlesinger
INK OWNERS' AND CONTRACTORS' PROTECTIVE LIABILITY• INSURANCE
<.•:>.:; PART
..OYERA6E
.:.}I::.'...JJ att •.
•,..,
• ADDITIONAL DECLARATIONS' `
GLP CO 61 17 45
Policy No
4
DalrnrtionsfConha-w APAC-Arkansae, ;Inc:. McClinton -Anchor Division
MallingMdrass P. 0. Box 1367 Fayetteville, Akk'ansas 72702
•Location ofCoeredoperations Watson, Rollston, Thompson, Boles Street Improvements
1v: Gun.';.;,
Project #91092 Street Improvements, City of Fayetteville, Arkansas
I
D Ch cis furs It Bn fallwNng provisicn b applkabN:.
The person or.organiation designated above as the Contractor has undertaken to pay the premium for this policy and shag be entitled to
premiums, B any, which become
receive any return
may payable underilm terms of this policy.
SCHEDULE
COVERAGE FOR OPERATIONS OF DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR
Leda
Ne Description of operation hamiam Bases Rates Adnnce
hemiums
B.I. P.D. Bodily injury
Property Damage
Cost Per $100 of Cod
315292,,"Coiiatjuction'dperationd`,'
Owner (not Railroads) Excludin
8.I `...
1 wY11 . 'll �k s i Y:Y.'a i . �. , •{ { W: I w 11 Y
Operati'ona on :BoardShipa 1 ..- $246,517.CO
Y
I
- . . ... •. ......
Ar 1 .If. ' t' 1'I1: I11 11 '♦
.:1
Minimum Premiums)
TofAts $
$
TOTAL ADVANCE PREMIUM
$ AS AGREED
ed
as a premium basis, the word "cost" means the total cost to the Named Insured with
respect
to operations performed for the Named Insured during
the hey
period by independent contractors of all work let or sub -let in connection with each
specific
protect, including the cost of all labor, materials and
equipment
furnished, used or delivered for use in the execution of such work, whether furnished
by the
owner, contractor or subcontractor, including all fees,
allowances,
bonuses or commissions made. Paid or due.
f1.1I10 mr!P1 MM P•1.,.A t. II e A
(A) Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Professional Liability
Exclusion
It is agreed that this Policy does not apply to bodily
injury or property damage arising out of the rendering of
or the failure to render any professional services by or
for the Named Insured, including
(1) the preparation or approval of maps, plans, opinions,
reports, designs or specifications and
(2) supervisory, inspection or engineering services
• (B) Absolute Asbestos Exclusion
It is agreed that this Policy does not apply to bodily
injury or property damage directly or. indirectly caused by
asbestos.
(C) Absolute Pollution Exclusion
Exclusion (i) in GL -109 is deleted and replaced with the
following:
"(i) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of the
discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke,
vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals,
liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants,
contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the
atmosphere or any water course or body of water."
jec
09/18/91
•
24 1.
Awn Wind Agent
•Cit of Pa ettevil
Palley Symbol Polley Numbs
GLP CO 61 17
lewd By INrs of Infunnp
Insurance Company
•
jec
09/18/91
•
and Crafton, Tull & Associates
Polley Pvbd
4 See Below
of North America
2
September 18, 1991
It is hereby understood and agreed that the Policy Period
is extended to expire on the latest of the following
dates:
(1) at project completion
(2) at date required on job contract
(3) at date of acceptance of job contract by the
Named Insured
U, V 3.A.
City of Fayetteville and Crafton, Tull & Associates
CLP 00 61 17 45 4 See Endorsement No
Insurance Company of North America
olicY numb.,. The nm.indn of the Information b to be comol.t.e enl..,
September 18,
It
In
Section IV - Conditions No.
2.b;(1)
& (2) is amended to read
as
follows:
jec
09/18/91
•
IE1S otd. In US.A.
"This policy may be cancelled by the Company by mailing to
the Named Insured and the Contractor at the respective
addresses shown in this policy, written notice stating
when not less than ,gay days thereafter such cancellation
shall be effective,"
Autbpl: d Awnt
the
(Attach Coverage Part Here)
THE ONLY SIGNATURES APPLICABLE TO THIS POLICY ARE THOSE REPRESENTING THE COMPANY NAMED ON THE
FIRST PAGE OF THE DECLARATIONS.
ning and delivering the policy to you, we state that it is a valid contract when countersigned by our authorized
r sentative.
CIGNA PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
Bloomfield, Connecticut
CIGNA FIRE UNDERWRITERS INSURANCE COMPANY
Bloomfiield, Connecticut
BANKERS STANDARD INSURANCE COMPANY
Tampa, Florida
CENTURY INDEMNITY COMPANY
Bloomfield, Connecticut
CIGNA INSURANCE COMPANY
Los Angeles, California
INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
PACIFIC EMPLOYERS INSURANCE COMPANY
Los Angeles, California
HARK E. HO1T, Seer ry A. NORD BJORKE, Presi nt
INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA
xurrE (0 9(/ New York, New York /
s lz/yf.�
OENNIS KANE. Pr sident
•
- U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS
Place Fayetteville, AR I
Date September 5, 1991 '
Project No. 91-38
CTA 91092.00
called "Bidder")• a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the
State of _____ __ ,• a partnership, or an individual doing business
as
To the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas
(hereinafter called "Owner")
Gentlemen:
The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction
• of j Street Improvements for Watson St., Rollston St., Thompson Ave.
and Boles Street
having examined the plans and specifications with related documents and the site
of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding
the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials
and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies, and td
construct the project in accordance with the contract documents, within the time
set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. These prices are to cover all
expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents, of
which this proposal is a part.
Bidder hereby
agrees to
commence work under
this
contract on or before a date
to
be specified in
written "Notice
to Proceed" of
the
Owner and to fully complete
the
project within
60
consecutive calendar
days
thereafter as stipulated in
the
specifications.
Bidder
further agrees to pay
as liquidated
damages, the sum
of
E 200.00
for each
consecutive calendar
day
thereafter as hereinafter
provided in Paragraph 19 of the General Conditions.
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addendum:
•
• Insert corporation, partnership or individual as applicable,
'HUD -47380 (2.69) Rsylecus CFAQ38.O which is •bs•I•,•
Bidder agrees to perform all the Street Improvements work
described in the specitications'and shown on the plans. for the following unit
prices:
i•TEM EST.
NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
UNIT PRICE
EACH TOTAL
Sc
1.0 Lump Sum Watson Street Installed Complete (s o ; ) (5 `= ` at ) Nw..p�Ep l.�,uyg rv:5
f,ZlyjY411A61%46Ft aH+ JeFa74CAEwwan oLu✓✓5 f i�y_-
Dollars & Cents Dollars & Cents
2.0 Lump Sum Rollston Ave. Installed Complete ($ 5 7, ip( `� ) ($ 57121s)
r )
rim Sit.! jNcaswo 4✓F8u.orso ayc„e4q,i(j£ ors
f,rScrcJTFrc�s4.JA CNe/1,ca.rttn7w 6Y44 ANA /1%L'Evt
Dollars & Cents Dollars & Cents
3.0 Lump Sum Thompson Ave. Installed Complete (s 5/,Lyik ) (3_ S,' 6yi c� )
F,Frye4zT7,cas4APS,r#• X&460*a69YC,rcii'w�N<LsF.✓5
F1flyeM'e 7c*,. -o Sr y 7/uxOdEs1 /bVAFa ifYD✓s nn
Dollars & Cents Dollars & Cents
4.0 Lump Sum Boles Street Installed Complete ($ G a—` ) (s )
Fa awrTyo(,s.4of 4Wa,uo�.✓rs.
roR M r rysi�•�•✓n re4ceAL.ce4/11,f 'i Fcat hevAN, ,dry
Dollars & Cents Dollars & Cents
TOTAL OF BID $ Z(#
• (Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy,
the amount shown in words will govern.)
The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, bailing, shoring,
removal, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the
several kinds called for.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all
bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding.
The bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for
a period of 30 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid, bidder will
execute the formal contract attached within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or
Bonds as required by Paragraph 29 of the General Copditions. The bid security (5%)is
attached in the sum of 5% of /l/l7ounf ble,
(i ) is to become the property of the Owner in the event the
contract and bond are not executed within the time above set forth, as liquidated
damages for the delay and additional expense to the Owner caused thereby.
Respectfully submitted:
• ey/i1/ U/!L f'/G5ld/LiL1�
(7'irfe)
(SEAL - if bid is by a corporation)
P.p. 4i (3.7 fC�r.✓7lli,4Y&OW 72702
(Business Address and Zip Code)
LI
•
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING atJD URBAN DEVELOPMENT
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
INSTRUCTIONS
This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 F. R. 12319-25). The implementing
rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed subcon-
tractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the contract whether it has partici-
pated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause; and,. if so, whether
it has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions.
Where the certification indicates that the bidder has not file'K! a compliance report due under applicable
instructions, such bidder shall be required to submit a compliance report within seven calendar days
after bid opening. No contract shall be awarded unless such report is submitted.
CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER y�
Bidder's Name: APAC',4tkanSLa_ r/ne.. M4 /i,Tlnr -�ridi�Y%k✓fs/vx,
Address: l.o• �r Olj /547
.9gc&yak ,,,4ika rEstu %Zlot
1. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity
Clause. Yes j No ❑
2. Complion e reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract.
Yes No Li
3. Bidder h s filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF -100.
Yes [r�No I I None Required
4. If answer to item 3 is " No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification.
Certification — The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.
C1 �.NfL-s• t. / 5 4
SIGNATURE
(6-66U
Previous Editions Obsolete
0)
•
FORM APPROVED
BUDGET BUREAU NO. 63.R1138
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
CERTIFICATION BY PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR REGARDING
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
APAC-Arkansas, Inc. ?.Q. BOX 1367
McClinton -Anchor Div. eAve-r-revu.re an,
NAMC OF Pf,Mt
INSTRUCTIONS
HUD -1238-O.2
(2-67)
P.ROJ CCT NO.
This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 12319.25). The implementing rules and
regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed subcontractors, shall state os
an initial. part of the bid or negotiations of the contract whethsf,it has participated in any previous contract or sub-
contract subject to the equal opportunity clause; and, if so; whether it has filed all compliance reports due under
applicable instructions.
Where the certification indicates that the subcontractor has not filed a compliance report due under applicable in-
structions, such subcontractor shall be required to submit a compliance report before the owner approves the sub-
contract or permits work to begin under the subcontract.
Subcontractor's Name:
Address:
SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
6549 Wedington Drive
Fayetteville, Arkansas 727O3
1.. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the- Equal Opportunity Clause.
Yes1X1 No iI
2. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract.
Yes to i Noti
3. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF -100.
Yes jX1 No I None Required 0
4. If answer to item 3 is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification.
Certification — The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.
48 /emu a arm
NAM€ AMC TITLE OF SIGN tR
9/a-I/I /
DATt
Previous Editions Obsolete
•
•
HUD -0238-F
16-66)
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, made this —day of OCTQ BE t2 , 19•q I . by and
between The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas herein called' Owner,"actintr
(Corporate None of Owner/
herein through its Mayor , and
(77ric of Aurhonzed Optcial;
MAC -Arkansas, Inc. - McClinton Anchor Division
STRIKE OUT (a corporation)
INAPPLICABLE P.O. Box 1367
TERMS Fayetteville, AR 72702
of Fayetteville , County of Washington ,and State of
hereinafter called "Contractor."
Arkansas
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be
made and performed by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the OWNER to commence and complete
the construction described as follows:
Street Improvements for Watson St., Rollston St., Thompson Ave.,
and Boles Street for the Community Development Dept.
Fayetteville, Arkansas
hereinafter called the project, for the sum of Two Hundred Forty Six Thousand Five Hundred Seventeen lA liars
(g 246,517.00) and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the General and Special Con-
ditions of the Contract; and at his (its or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplirs,
:nachinerv. equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services nerrxary to com-
plete the said project in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal. the General Cunditiouw. Sup-
plemental General Conditions and Special Conditions of the Contract, the plans, which include all maps. plats. blur
prints, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, the specifications and contract documents
therefor as prepared by Crafton, Tull & Associates, Inc. , herein entitled the ArchitretiF.nginrer,
and as enumerated in Paragraph 1 of the Supplemental General Conditions, all of which are made a part hereof atul rul-
lectively evidence and constitute the contract.
The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be >prrili.•d in a
written "Nutice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 60 conM•cutir calendar days
thereafter. The Contractor further agrees to pay, as liquidated damages. the sum of S 200.00 for carp couwrcu-
tive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Paragraph 19 of the General Conditions.
The t 1WNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract. >ubjrrt to
additions and deductions, as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to make payments on a count
thereof as prodded in Paragraph 25. "Payments to Contractor," of the General Conditions.
(Over)
• % IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this contract in six (6) counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned.
•
S
/ r
(Sal)
APAC-Arkansas, Inc.
McCI'Thton-Anchor Division
• men) (77ne)
P.O. Box 1367 - Fayetteville, AR 72702
(Address and Zip code)
NOTE: Secretary of the Owner shouid attest. If Contractor is a eorpontion. Secrrotary should attest.
I
MUO-4238-F (6.661 GO 161•3ao
MUD-42JMJ
12-661
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned, Jerry E. Rose , the
duly authorized and acting legal representative of
The City of Fayerreville Arkancaa , do hereby certify as
follows:
I have examined the attached contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner
of execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid
agreements has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting
through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives
have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the
respective parties named thereon: and that the foregoing agreements consti-
• tute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties executing the
same in accordance with terms, conditions and provisions thereof.
i
Date: 7 cc -A. 9l
•
MUD-we.h., D. C.
0
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
3onmtunity Develotnnent Block
Grant Program
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Contract and Contract Documents
The project to be constructed pursuant to this contract will be financed with assistance
from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to all applicable
Federal laws and regulations.
The Plans, Specifications and Addenda, hereinafter enumerated in Paragraph 1 of the
Supplemental General Conditions shall form part of this Contract and the provisions thereof
shall be as binding upon the parties hereto as if they were herein fully set forth. The table
of contents, titles, headings, running headlines and marginal notes contained herein and in
said documents are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract
Documents and in no way affect, limit or cast light on the interpretation of the provisions
to which they refer. P.
Contents*
I. Contract and Contract Documents 36.
2. Definitions 37.
3. Additional Instructions and Detail 38.
Drawings 39.
• 4. Shop or Setting Drawings 40.
5. Materials, Services, and Facilities 41.
6. Contractor's Title to Materials 42.
7. Inspection and Testing of Materials 43.
8. "Or Equal" Clause 44.
9. Patents 45.
10. Surveys. Permits and Regulations 46.
11. Contractor's Obligations 47.
12. Weather Conditions 48.
13. Protection of Work and Property-- 49.
Emergency 50.
14. Inspection 51.
15. Reports, Records and Data 52.
16. Superintendence by Contractor 53.
17. Changes in Work 54.
18. Extras 55.
19. Time for Completion and Liquidated 56.
Damages 57.
20, Correction of Work 58.
21, Subsurface Conditions Found Different 59.
22. Claims for Extra Cost 60,
23. Right of Owner to Terminate Contract 61.
24. Construction Schedule and Periodic 62.
Estimates
25. Payments to Contractor 63•
26. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 64,
27. Payments by Contractor 65
28. Insurance 66.
29. Contract Security 67.
30. Additional or Substitute Bond 68.
• 31. Assignments 69.
32. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors 70.
33. Separate Contracts 71.
34. Subcontracting
35. Architect/Engineer's Authority
HUD-A33IS(R) P..v..et ed•lun n alseb'. at Attachment
Stated Allowances
Use of Premises and Removalof Debris
Quantities of Estimate
Lands and Rights -of -Way
General Guaranty
Conflicting Conditions
Notice and Service Thereof
Required Provisions Deemed Inserted
Protection of Lives and Health
Subcontracts
Equal Employment Opportunity
Interest of Member of Congress
Other Prohibited Interests
Use Prior to Owner's Acceptance
Photographs
Suspension of Work
Minimum Wages
Underrayments of Wages
Anticipated Fringe ?enefits
Overtime Compensation
Apprentices
Employment Prohibited
Compliance with Anti -Kickback Act
Classifications Not Listed
Fringe Benefits Not Expressed
Posting Wage Rates
Complaints, Proceedings or Test-
imony
Claims and Disputes
Questions Concerning Regulaticns
Payrolls and Records
Specific Coverage
Ineligible Subcontractors
Provisions to be Included
Breach of Labor Standards
Employment Practices
Contract Termiraticn; Debarment
to Federal Labor Standards Provisions
i2. Definitions
The following terms as used in this contract are respectively defined as follows:
(a) "Contractor": A person, firm or corporation with whom the contract is made by the
Owner.
(b) "Subcontractor": A person, firm or corporation supplying labor and materials or only
labor for work at the site of the project for, and under separate contract or agreement
with, the Contractor.
(c) "Work on (at) the project": Work to be performed at the location of the project, includ-
ing the transportation of materials and supplies to or from the location of the project
by employees of the Contractor and any Subcontractor.
3. Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings
The Contractor will be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings as necessary
to carry out the work included in the contract. The additional drawings and instructions
thus supplied to the Contractor will coordinate witlfrthe Contract Documents and will be so
prepared that they can be reasonably interpreted as part thereof. The Contractor shall
carry out the work in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. The
Contractor and the Architect/Engineer will prepare jointly (a) a schedule, fixing the dates
at which special detail drawings will be required, such drawings, if any, to be furnished
b:• the Architect/Engineer in accordance with said schedule, and (b) a schedule fixing the
respective dates for the submission of shop drawings, the beginning of manufacture, test-
ing and installation of materials, supplies and equipment, and the completion of the various
parts of the work: each such schedule to be subject to change from time to time in accord,
once with the progress of the work.
•
4. Shop or Setting Drawings
The Contractor shall submit promptly to the Architect/Engineer two copies of each shop
or setting drawing prepared in accordance with the schedule predetermined as aforesaid.
After examination of such drawings by the Architect/Engineer and the return thereof, the
Contractor shall make such corrections to the drawings as have been indicated and shall
furnish the Architect/Engineer with two corrected copies. If requested by the Architect/
Engineer the Contractor must furnish additional copies. Regardless of corrections made in
or approval given to such drawings by the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor will never-
theless be responsible for the accuracy of such drawings and for their conformity to the
Plans and Specifications, unless he notifies the Architect/Engineer in writing of any devia-
tions at the time he furnishes such drawings.
5. Materials, Services, and Facilities
(a) It is understood that except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water,
light, power, transportation, superintendence, temporary construction of every nature,
and all other services and facilities of every nature whatsoever necessary to execute,
complete, and deliver the work within the specified time,
(b) Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on Sundays or Legal
Holidays, shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner.
6. Contractor's Title to Materials
. No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or by any Sub-
contractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other
agreement by which an interest 1s retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that
he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the work, free from all
liens, claims or encumbrances.
MUD -.7355 X9.701
7. Inspection and Testing of Materials
(a) All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to
adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards. The laboratory
or inspection agency shall be selected by the Owner. The Owner will pay for all labo-
ratory inspection service direct, and not as a part of the contract,
(b) Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and durability
of the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and testing to establish con-
formance with specifications and suitability for uses intended,
8. "Or Equal" Clause
Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the plans or in the
specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade names, catalogue
numbers, etc., it is intended merely to establish a standard: and, any material, article, or
equipment of other manufacturers and vendors which will perform adequately the duties
imposed by the general design will be considered equally acceptable provided the material,
article, or equipment so proposed, is, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, of equal
substance and function. It shall not be purchased or installed by the contractor without the
Architect/Engineer's written approval. •,
9. Patents
(a) The Contractor shall hold and save the Owner and its officers, agents, servants, and
employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses
for, or on account of, any patented orunpatented invention, process, article, or appliance
manufactured or used in the performance of the contract, including its use by the
Owner, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in the Contract Documents.
(b) License or Royalty Fees: License and/or Royalty Fees for the use of a process which
• is authorized by the Owner of the project must be reasonable, and paid to the holder of
the patent, or his authorized licensee, direct by the Owner and not by or through the
Contractor.
(c) If the Contractor uses any design, device ox" materials covered by letters, patent or
copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable agreement with the Owner of such
patented or copyrighted design, device or material. It is mutually agreed and under-
- stood, that, without exception, the contract prices shall include all royalties or costs
arising from the use of such design, device or materials, in any way involved in the
work. The Contractor and/or his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner
of the project from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of such
patented or copyrighted design, device or materials or any trademark or copyright in
i-onnection with work agreed to be performed under this contract, and shall indemnify
the Owner for any cost, expense or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason
of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion
of the work.
10. Surveys, Permits, and Regulations
Unless otherwise expressly provided for in the Specifications,the Owner will furnish to the
Contractor all surveys necessary for the execution of the work,
The Contractor shall procure and pay all permits, licenses and approvals necessary for
the execution of his contract.
The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations re-
lating to performance of the work, the protectionof adjacent property, and the maintenance
of passageways, guard fences or other protective facilities.
11. Contractor's Obligations
• The Contractor shall and will, in good workmanlike manner, do and perform all work and
furnish all supplies and materials, machinery, eau,pm-nt, facilities and means, except as
HUO-42355 (R)
•. herein otherwise expressly specified, necessary or proper toperform and complete all the
work required by this contract, within the time herein specified, in accordance with the
provisions of this contract and said specifications and in accordance with the plans and
drawings covered by this contract any and all supplemental plans and drawings, and in
accordance with the directions of the Architect/Engineer as given from time to time during
the progress of the work. He shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction
plant and such temporary works as may be required.
The Contractor shall observe, comply with, and be subject to all terms, conditions, require-
ments, and limitations of the contract and specifications, and shall do, carry on, and com-
plete the entire work to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and the Owner,
12. Weather Conditions
In the event of temporary suspension of work, or during inclement weather, or whenever the
Architect/Engineer shall direct, the Contractor will, and will cause his subcontractors to
protect carefully his and their work and materials against damage or injury from the
weather. If, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, any work or materials shall have
been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any of his
Subcontractors so to protect his work, such materials shall be removed and replaced at
the expense of the Contractor.
13. Protection of Work and Property --Emergency
The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the Owner's property from Injury or Ions in
connection with this contract. He shall at all times safely guard arid protect his own work,
and that of adjacent property from damage. The Contractor shall replace or make good any
such damage, loss or injury unless such be caused directly by errors contained in the con-
tract or by the Owner, or his duly authorized representatives.
• In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury of property, and/or safety of life,
the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Architect/
Engineer, in a diligent manner. He shall notify the Architect/Engineer immediately there-
after. Any claim for compensation by the Contractor due to such extra work shall he
promptly submitted to the Architect/ Engineer for approval.
Where the Contractor has not taken action but has notified the Architect/Engineer of an
emergency threatening injury to persons or damage to the work or any adjoining property,
he shall act as instructed or authorized by the Architect/Engineer.
The amount of reimbursement claimed by the Contractor on account of any emergency
action shall be determined in the manner provided in Paragraph 17 of the General Condi-
tions.
14. Inspection
The authorized representatives and agents ofthe Department of Housing and Urban Uevv:esp-
ment shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel,
invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records.
15. Reports, Records, and Data
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities anti costs, progress
schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records anti other data as the Owner may request
concerning work performed or to be performed under this contract.
1E. Superintendence by Contractor
At the site of the work
the
Contractor
shall
employ
a construction
superintendent
or
fore-
man who shall have
full
authority
to act
for the
Contractor. It
is uncerstood
that
such
• representative shall be acceptable to the Architect%Enpineer and shall be One who can bn
continued in that capacity for the particular job involved unless he . „ases to be on the.
Contractor's payroll,
HUD -1238 5 4 9-701
i17. Changes in Work
No changes in the work covered by the approved Contract Documents shall be made with-
out having prior written approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered
by the approved change shall be determined by one or more, or a combination of the fol-
lowing methods:
(a) Unit bid prices previously approved.
(b) An agreed lump sum.
(c) The actual cost of:
1. Labor, including foremen;
2. Materials entering permanently into the work;
3. The ownership or rental cost of construction plant and equipment during the time of
use on the extra work;
4. Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment;
5. Insurance:
6. Social Security and old age and unemployment contributions.
To the cost under (c) there shall be added a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed
fifteen percent (15%) of the actual cost of the work. The fee shall be compensation to
cover the cost of supervision, overhead, bond, profit and any other general expenses.
18. Extras
• Without invalidating the contract, the Owner may order extra work or make changes by
altering, adding to or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted accordingly,
and the consent of the Surety being first obtained where necessary or desirable. All the
work of the kind bid upon shall be paid for at the price stipulated in the proposal, and no•
claims for any extra work or materials shall be allowed unless the work is ordered in
• writing by the Owner or its Architect/Engineer, acting officially for the Owner, and the
price is stated in such order.
19. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages
It is hereby understood and
mutually agreed, by and between
the Contractor
and the Owner,
that the date of beginning
and the time for completion as
specified in the
contract of the
work to be done hereunder
are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of
this contract: and
it is further
mutually understood and agreed
that the work embraced in this
contract shall
be commenced
on a date to be specified in
the "Notice to Proceed."
The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and un-
interruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the
time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and
the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable
time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range
and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
If the said Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time
herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor
does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay to the
Owner the amount specified in the contract, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for
such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the
Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the contract for completing the
work.
The said amount is fixed and
agreed
upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner
because
of the impracticability
and extreme difficulty of fixing
and ascertaining the actual
damages
the Owner would in such event
sustain, and said amount
is agreed to be the amount
of damages
which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time
to time by the
•
Owner from
current periodical estimates.
It is further
agreed that
time is of the essence of each and
every portion of this contract
and of the
specifications
wherein z definite and certain
length of time is fixed for the
performance
of any act
whatsoever: and where under the
contract an additional time is
(R)
MUD-.nes
allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall
be of the essence of this contract. Provided, that the Contractor shall not be charged
with liquidated damages or any excess cost whenthe Owner determines that the Contractor
is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to
the Owner; Provided, further, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated
damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due:
(a) To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government:
(b) To unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts
of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the
Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes,
and severe weather: and
(c) To any delays of Subcontractors or suppliers occasioned by any of the causes specified
in subsections (a) and (b) of this article:
Provided, further, that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days from the beginning of
such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final
settlement of the contract, notify the Owner, in writing, of the causes of the delay, who
shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reason-
able time of its decision in the matter.
20. Correction of Work
All work, all materials, whether incorporated in the work or not, all processes of manu-
facture, and all methods of construction shall be at all times and places subject to the
inspection of the Architect/Engineer who shall be the final judge of the quality and suit-
ability of the work, materials, processes of manufacture, and methods of construction
• for the purposes for which they are used. Should they fail to meet his approval they shall
be forthwith reconstructed, made good, replaced and/or corrected, as the case may be,
by the Contractor at his own expense. Rejected material shall immediately be removed
from the site. If, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, it is undesirable to replace
any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the work
injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the compensation to
be paid to the Contractor hereunder shall be reduced by such amount as in the judgment
of the Architect/Engineer shall be equitable.
21. Subsurface Conditions Found Different
Should the Contractor encounter sub -surface and/or latent conditions at the site materially
differing from those shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, he shall imme-
diately give notice to the Architect/Engineer of such conditions before they are disturbed.
The Architect/Engineer will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions, and if he finds
that they materially differ from those shownonthe Plans or indicated in the Specifications,
he will at once make such changes in the Plans and/or Specifications as he may find nec-
essary, any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes to be adjusted in
the manner provided in Paragraph 17 of the General Conditions.
22. Claims for Extra Cost
No claim for extra work or cost shall be allowed unless the same was done in pursuance
of a written order of the Architect/Engineer approved by the Owner, as aforesaid, and
the claim presented with the first estimate after the changed or extra work is done. When
work is performed under the terms of subparagraph 17(c) of the General Conditions, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of
cost and when requested by the Owner, give the Owner access to accounts relating thereto.
• 23. Right of the
In the event
any of his
the Surety C
Owner to Terminate Contract
that any of the provisions of this contract are violated by the Contractor, or by
subcontractors, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and
f its intention to terminate the contract, such notices to contain the reasons for
MUD-A77B5 (9-70)
such intention to terminate the contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving
of such notice upon the Contractor, such violation or delay shall cease and satisfactory
arrangement of correction be made, the contract shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10)
days, cease and terminate. In the event of any such termination, the Owner shall imme-
diately serve notice thereof upon the Surety and the Contractor and the Surety shall have
the right to take over and perform the contract: Provided, however, that if the Surety does
not commence performance thereof within ten (10) days from the date of the mailing to
such Surety of notice of termination, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the
same to completion by contract or by force account for the account and at the expense of
the Contractor and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for any ex-
cess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and in such event the Owner may take possession
of and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances, and plant as may be on
the site of the work and necessary therefor.
24. Construction Schedule and Periodic Estimates
Immediately after execution and delivery of the contract, and before the first partial pay-
ment is made, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner an estimated construction progress
schedule in form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed dates of commencement
and completion of each of the various subdivisions of-.vork requires under the Contract
Documents and the anticipated amount of each monthly payment that will become due the
Contractor in accordance with the progress schedule. The Contractor shall also furnish on
forms to be supplied by the Owner (a) a detailed estimate giving a complete breakdown of
the contract price and (b) periodic itemized estimates of work done for the purpose of
making partial payments thereon. The costs employed in making up any of these schedules
wilt be used only for determining the basis of partial payments and will not be considered
as fixing a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract price.
Z5. Payments to Contractor
(a)
Not later than the 15th day of each calendar month the Owner shall make a progress
•
payment to the Contractor on the basis of a auly certified and approved estimate of
the work performed during the preceding calendar month under this contract, but to
insure the proper performance of this contract, the Owner shall retain ten percent (10°'n)
of the amount of each estimate until final completion and -acceptance of all work
covered by this contract: Provided, that the Contractor shall submit his estimate
=
not later than the first day of the month: Provided, further, that the Owner at any time
after fifty percent (50°"0) of the work has been completed, if it finds that satisfactory
progress is being made, may make any of the remaining progress payments in full:
Provided, further, that on completion and acceptance of each separate building, public
work, or other division of the contract, on which the price is stated separately in the
contract, payment may be made in full, including retained percentages thereon, less
authorized deductions.
(b)
In preparing estimates the material delivered on the site and preparatory 'vark done
may be taken into consideration.
(c)
All material and work covered by partial payments made shall thereupon become the
sole property of the Owner. but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the
Contractor from the sole resporsibilit-• for the care and protection of materials and
work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work, or
as a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all of the terms of
the contract.
(d)
Owner's Right to Withhold Certain Amounts and Make Application Thereof: The Con-
tractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the O vi ner harmless from all claims
growing out of the lawful demands of suncontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics,
materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools,
and all supplies. including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance
of this contract. The Contractor shall, at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory
evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, dis-
charged, or waived. If the Contractor fails so to do, then the Owner may, after having
served written notice on the said Contractor, either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner
has written notice, direct, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a
•
sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to nay any and all such lawful claims until
satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged where-
upon pavmert to the Contractor shall be resumed, ir, accordance with the terms of this
Nuo-423$S(R)
icontract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose
any obligations upon the Owner to either the Contractor or his Surety. In paying any
unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of the Contractor,
and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as a payment made under
the contract by the Owner to the Contractor and the Owner shall not be liable to the
Contractor for any such payments made in good faith.
26. Acceptance of Final Payment Constitutes Release
The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release
to the Owner of all claims and all liability to the Contractor for all things done or furnished
in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating
to or arising out of this work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to
release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations under this contract or the
Performance and Payment Bond.
27. Payments by Contractor
The Contractor shall pay (a) for all transportation anti utility services not later than the
20th day of the calendar month following that in which'services are rendered, (b) for all
materials, tools, and other expendable equipment to the extent of ninety percent (90%) of
the cost thereof, not later than the ZOth day of the calendar month following that in which
such materials, tools, and equipment are delivered at the site of the project, and the balance
of the cost thereof, not later than the 30th day following the completion of that part of the
work in or on which such materials, tools, and equipment are incorporated or used, and
(c) to each of his subcontractors, not later than the 5th day following each payment to the
Contractor, the respective amounts allowed the Contractor on account of the work per-
formed by his subcontractors to the extent of each subcontractor's interest therein.
28. Insurance
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the
insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the
Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his sub-
contract until the insurance required of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved.
(a) Compensation Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the
life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance as required by applicable State
or territorial law for all of his employees to be engaged in work at the site of the pro-
ject under this contract and, in case of any such work sublet, the Contractor shall re-
quire the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for
all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such work unless such employees are
covered by the protection afforded bythe Contractor's Workmen's Compensation Insur-
ance, In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under
this contract is not protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor
shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability
insurance for the protection of such of his employees as are not otherwise protected.
(b) Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability
Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this con-
tract Contractor's Public Liability Insurance, Contractor's Property Damage Insurance
and Vehicle Liability Insurance in the amounts specified in the Supplemental General
Conditions.
(c) Subcontractor's Public Liability and Proyerty Damage_Insurance and Vehicle Liability
Insurance: The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to pro-
cure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's Public Liability
and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance of the type and :n the
amounts specified in the Supplemental General Conditions specified in subparagraph (b)
hereof or, (2) insure the activities of his policy, specified in subparagraph (b) hereof.
• (d)Scope of Insurance and Special Hazards: The insurance required under subparagraphs
(b) and (c) hereof shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his subcon-
tractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under
HUD -42395 19-701
this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or in-
directly employed by him and, also against any of the special hazards which may be
encountered in the performance of this contract as enumerated in the Supplemental
General Conditions.
(e) Builder's Risk Insurance (Fire and Extended Coverage): Until the project is completed
and accepted by the Owner, the Owner, or Contractor (at the Owner's option as indicated
in the Supplemental General Conditions, Form HUD -4239-N) is required to maintain
Builder's Risk Insurance (fire and extended coverage) ona 100 percent completed value
basis on the insurable portion of the project for the benefit of the Owner, the Contractor,
subcontractors as their interests may appear. The Contractor shall not include any
costs. for Builder's Risk Insurance (fire and extended coverage) premiums during con-
struction unless the Contractor is required to provide such insurance; however, this
provision shall not release the Contractor from his obligation to complete, according
to plans and specifications, the project covered by the contract, and the Contractor and
his Surety shall be obligated to full performance of the Contractor's undertaking.
(f) Proof of Carriage of Insurance: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with certificates
showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of ex-
piration of policies. Such certificates shall also contain substantially the following state-
ment: "The insurance covered by this certificate will not be cancelled or materially
altered, except after ten (10) days written notke has been received by the Owner."
29. Contract Security
The Contractor shall furnish a performance bond in an amount at least equal to one hundred
percent (100%) of the contract prices as security for the faithful performance of this con-
tract and also a payment bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100!,1 of the
contract price or in a penal sum not less than that prescribed by State, territorial or local
law, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor on the project under this
• contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract. The performance bond
and the payment bond may be in one or in separate instruments in accordance with local law.
30. Additional or Substitute Bond
If at any time the Owner for justifiable cause shall be or become dissatisfied with any
surety or sureties, then upon the Performance or Payment Bonds, the Contractor shall
within five (5) days after notice from the Owner so to do, substitute an acceptable bond
(or bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be
satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bond shall be paid by the Contractor. No
further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new surety or sureties
shall have furnished such an acceptable bond to the Owner.
31. Assignments
The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this contract or any moneys due
or to become due hereunder without written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor
assigns all or any part of any moneys due or to become due under this contract, the in-
strument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed
that the right of the assignee in and to any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor
shall be subject to prior claims of all persons, firms and corporations of services rendered
or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this contract.
3Z. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors
If, through acts of neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any sub-
contractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with
such other Contractor or subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Con-
• tractor or subcontractors will so settle. If such other Contractor or subcontractor shall
assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sus-
tained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner against any such claim,
MUD -42385 (R)
33. Separate Contract
The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with those of other Contractors. Cooperation
will be required in the arrangement for the storage of materials and in the detailed execu-
tion of the work. The Contractor, including his subcontractors, shall keep informed of the
progress and the detail work of other Contractors and shall notify the Architect/Engineer
immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other Contractors.
Failure of a contractor to keep informed of the work progressing on the site and failure
to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed
as acceptance by him of the status of the work as being satisfactory for proper coordination
with his own work.
34, Subcontracting
(a) The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on those parts of
the work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty sub-
contractors.
(b) The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written
approval of the Owner, which approval will not begiven until the Contractor submits
to the Owner a written statement concerning the pr6posed award to the subcontractor,
which statement shall contain such information as the Owner may require.
(c) The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions
of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them,.
as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him.
(d) The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General
Conditions and other contract documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcon-
tractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any sub-
• contract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the
contract documents.
(e) Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any
subcontractor and the Owner.
35. Architect/Engineer's Authority
The Architect/Engineer shall give all orders and directions contemplated under this con-
tract and specifications, relative to the executionof the work. The Architect/Engineer shall
determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the several kinds of work and
materials which are to be paid for under this contract and shall decide all questions which
may arise in relation to said work and the construction thereof. The Architect/Engineer's
estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive, except ? herein otherwise expressly
provided. In case any question shall arise between the parties hereto relative to said con-
tract or specifications, the determination or decision of the Architect/Engineer shall be a
condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive any money or payment for
work under this contract affected in any manner or to any extent by such question.
The Architect/Engineer shall decide the meaning and intent of any portion of the specifica-
tions and of any plans or drawings where the same may be found obscure or be in dispute.
Any differences or conflicts in regard to their work which may arise between the Contrac-
tor under this contract and other Contractors performing work for the Owner shall be
adjusted and determined by the Architect/Engineer.
36. Stated Allowances
The Contractor shall include in his proposal the cash allowances stated in the Supplemental
General Conditions. The Contractor shall purchase the "Allowed Materials" as directed by
the Owner on the basis of the lowest and best bid of at least three competitive bids. If the
actual price for purchasing the "Allowed Materials" is -nore or less than the "Cash Allow-
• ance," the contract price shall be adjusted accordingly. The adjustment in contract price
shall be made on the basis of the purchase price without additional charges for overhead.
profit, insurance or any other incidental expenses. The rest of installation of the 'Allowed
Materials'' shall be included in the applicable sections of the Contract Specifications cover-
ing this work.
10
MUD -4235$ 19-701
37. Use of Premises and Removal of Debris
The Contract expresnly,undertakes at his own expense:
(a) to take every precaution against injuries to persons or damage to property;
(b) to store his apparatus, materials, supplies and equipmentin such orderly fashion at the
site of the work as will not unduly interfere with the progress of his work or the work
of any other contractors;
(c) to place upon the work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the
safety of that portion of the work;
(d) to clean up frequently all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by his
operations, to the end that at all times the site of the work shall present a neat, orderly
and workmanlike appearance:
(e) before final payment to remove all surplus material, false -work, temporary structures,
including foundations thereof, plant of any description and debris of every nature re-
sulting from his one rations, and to put the site in a neat, orderly condition:
(f) to effect all cutting, fitting or patching of his work required to make the same to con-
form to the plans and specifications and, except with the consent of the Architect/
Engineer, not to cut or otherwise alter the work of any other Contractor.
38. Quantities of Estimate
Wherever the estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under
this contract are shown in any of the documents including the proposal, they are giver. for
use in comparing bids and the right is especially reserved except as herein otherwise
specifically limited, to increase or dimtnish them as may be deemed reasonably necessary
or desirable by the Owner to complete the work contemplated by this contract, and such
increase or diminution shall in no way vitiate this contract, nor shall any such increase or
diminution give cause for claims or liability for damages,
• 39. Lands and Rights -of -Way
Prior to the start
of construction,
the Owner
shall obtain all lands and rights -of -way
necessary for the
carrying out and
c o m p i e t i
on of work to be performed under this
contract.
40. General Guaranty
Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor
partial or entire occupancy of the premises by theOwner, shall constitute an acceptance of
work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of
liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or
workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the
date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The Owner will
give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness,
41, Conflicting Conditions
Any provisions in any of the Contract Documents which may be in conflict or inconsistent
with any of the paragraphs in these General Conditions shall be void to the extent of such
conflict or inconsistency,
42. Notice and
Service Thereof
Any notice
to any Contractor from the
Owner relative to any part of this contract shall
be
in writing
and considered delivered and
the service thereof completed, when said notice
is
posted, by
certified or registered mail,
to the said Contractor at his last given address,
or
delivered
•
in person to the said Contractor
or his authorized representative
on
the work.
11
HUD -42355 (a)
43. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
SEach and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this contract
shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the contract shall be read and enforced as though
it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not
inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party the contract
shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.
44. protection of Lives and Health
n The Contractor shall exercise proper precaution at all times for the
protection of persons and property and shall be responsible for all damages
to persons or property, either on or off the site, which occur as a result
of his prosecution of the work. The safety provisions of applicable laws
and building and construction codes, in addition to specific safety and
health regulations desdribed by Chapter XIII, Bureau of Labor Standards,
Dapartment of Labor, Part 1518, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction,
as outlined in the Federal Register, Volume 36, No. 75, Saturday, April 17, 1971.
Title 29 - LABOR, shall be observed and the Contractor shall take or cause to
be taken, such additional safety and health measures as the Contracting
Authority may determine to be reasonably necessary."
45. Subcontracts
• "The Contractor will insert in any subcontracts the Federal Labor Standards
Provisions contained herein and such other clauses as the Department of Housing
. and Urban Development may, by instructions require, and also a clause requiring
the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts
which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion
in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made."
46. Equal Employment Opportunity
During the performance of this contract the Contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant
for employment because of race, religion, sex, color or national origin.
The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants
are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, t:ithout
regard to their race, religion, sex, color, or national origin. Such
action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: omploymont,
upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and
selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees
to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants
for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions
of this nondiscrimination clause.
• (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for
employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all
qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without
• regard to race, religion, sex, color, or national origin".
• (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which
he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to
be provided advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's
commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24. 1965. and
shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and appli-
cants for employment.
(4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of
September 24. 1965. and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders oi the Secretary
of Labor.
12
_____h (5)
The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order
No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of -the
Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records.
and accounts by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Secretary of
Labor for purposes ofinvestigationto ascertain compliance with such riles, regulations.
and orders.
(6)
In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of
this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be
cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be
declared ineligible for further Government contracts or Federally -assisted construction
contracts, in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of
September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as
provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation.
or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
(7)
The Contractor .will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every sub-
contract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the
Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section. 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of Sep-
tember 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or
vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or our -
chase order as the Department of Housinjg and Urban Development may direct as a
means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; Provided,
however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with,
litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department
of Housing and Urban Development, the Contractor may request the United States to
enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
47. Interest of Member of or Delegate to Congress
No member of or Delegate to Congress, or Resident Commissioner, shall be admittea to
• any share or part of this contract or to any benefit that may arise therefrom, but this
provision shall not be construed to extend to this contract if made with a corporation for
its general benefit.
48. Other Prohibited Interests
No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to
negotiate, make, accept or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting, or
approving- any architectural, engineering, inspection, construction or material supply
contract or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the prniect, shall become
directly or indirectly interested personally inthis contractor in any part hereof. No officer,
employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized
in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, super-
visory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project, shall
become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any part thereof,
any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract, or any other contract per-
taining to the project.
49. Use and Occupancy Prior to Acceptance by Owner
The Contractor agrees to the use and occupancy of a portion or unit of the project before
formal acceptance by the Owner, provided the Owner:
(a) Secures written consent of the Contractor except in the event, in the opinion of the
Architect/Engineer, the Contractor is chargeable with unwarranted delay in final
cleanup of punch list items or other contract requirements.
(b) Secures endorsement from the insurance -carrier and consent of the surety permitting
occupancy of the building or use of the project during the remaining period of construc-
tion, or,
(c) When the project consists of more than one building, and one of the buildings is occupied,
• secures permanent fire and extended coverage insurance, including a permit to com-
plete construction. Consent of the surety must also be obtained.
13
Nuo—a3as (R)
(1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment
because of race, creed, color, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative
action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, creed, color, or national nrigin. Such action
shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or
transfer: recruitment or recruitment advertising: layoff or termination.: rates of pay or
other forms of compensation: and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The
Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants
for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimi-
nation clause.
(2) The Contractor will. in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or
on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration
for employment without regard to race, creed, color, or national origin.
50. Photographs of the Project
If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish photographs of the project, in the
quantities and as described in the Supplemental General Conditions.
51. Suspension of Work
Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with work either before or
after the start of construction by reason of any litigation or other reason beyond the control
of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by
reason of said delay: but time for completion of the work will be extended to such reasonable
time as the Owner may determine will compensate for time lost by such delay with such
determination to be set forth in writing,
52. Minimum Wages
All laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this
• Contract shall be paid unconditionally and not less often than once
each week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account
(except such payroll deductions as are made mandatory by law and such
other payroll deductions as are permitted by the applicable regula-
tions issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of
Labor, pursuant to the Anti -Kickback Act hereinafter identified), the
full amount due at time of payment computed at wage rates not lees
than those contained in the wage determination decision of said
Secretary of Labor (a copy of which is attached and herein incorporated
by reference), regardless of any contractual relationship which may be
alleged to exist between the Contractor or any subcontractor and such
laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed upon such
work shall be paid in cash, except that payment may be by check if the
employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities approved by the
Local Public Agency or Public Body for the cashing of the same without
cost or expense to the employee. For the purpose of thin clause,
contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section 1 (b)
(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are
considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the
provisions of Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal
Regulations. Also for the purpose of this clause, regular coi:tribu-
tions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plane,
funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are
deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly
period.
53. MMERPADC 21TS OF WAGES OR RIES
• In case of underpayment of wages by the Contractor or by any
subcontractor to laborers or mechanics employed by the Contractor or
subcontractor upon the work covered by this Contract, the Local Public
Agency or Public Body in addition to such other rights as may be afford-
ed it under this Contract shall withhold from the Contractor, out of
any payments due the Contractor, so much thereof as the Local Public
Federal
Labor
Standards
Provisions
U.S.
Deparktent of Housing
and
Urban Dev_Wpnie d
a; r
The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this
contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the
following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract
pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance.
A. 1. (I) Minimum Wages. All laborers and mechanics employed or work-
ing upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of
1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development
of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a
week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except
such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the
Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amount
of wages and bona fide fringe benelib (or cash equivalents thereof) due at
time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the
wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and
made a part hereof. regardless of any contractural relationship which may
be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and
mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona
lids fringe benefits under Section 1(bx2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on benaif
of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or
mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR-5.5(axl xiv); also, regular
contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but
not less often than quarterly) under plans. funds, or programs, which cover
the particular weekly period. are deemed to be constructively made or
incurred during such weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate
and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work
actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR
Part 5.5(ax4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one
•'gasification may be compensated at the rate specified for each cli ssifica-
don for the time actually worked therein: Provided That the employees pay-
roll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in
which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional
classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR Pan 5.5(ax1 Nit and
the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the con-
vector and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and
accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
(1) (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the
wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall
be classified in conformance with the wage determination. HUD shall
approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits
therefore only when the following criteria have been met
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not
performed by a classification in the wage determination: and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction
industry, and
(3) The proposed wage rate including any bona fide fringe bene-
fits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the
wage determination.
(b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed
in the classification (it known), or their representatives. and HUD or its
designee agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action
taken shall be sent by HUD or its designee to the Administrator of the Wage
and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration. U.S. Department
of Labor. Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classifi-
cation action within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee
or will notify HUD or its designee within me 30 -day period that additional
•me is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget
under OMB control number 1215.0140.)
(c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be
employed in the classification or their representatives, and HUD or its
designee do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate
(including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate),
HUD or its designee snail refer the questions, including the views of all
interested parties and the recommendation of HUD or its designee, to the
Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized repre-
sentative. will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise
HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30 -day
period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Man-
agement and Budget under 0MB Control Number 1215-0140.)
(d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate)
determined pursuant t0 subparagraphs (1$b) or (c) of this paragraph, shall
be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this con-
tract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
(ii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a
class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not
expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as
stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe
benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(1v) lithe contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third
person. the cO2actor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer c r
mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing
bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program. Provided That the
Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor.
that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met The
Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate
account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control
Number 1215-0140.)
2. Withholding. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon
written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor
withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or
any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other
Federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage
requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor so much of the
accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay
laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees and helpers.
employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages
required by the contract In the event of failure to pay any laborer or
mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working
on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or
under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the
project), all or part of the wages required by the contract HUD or its desig-
nee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant or owner.
take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any
further payment advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have
ceased. HUD or its designee may. after written notice to the contractor, dis-
burse such amounts withheld for and on account of the contractor or sub-
contractor to the respective employees to whom they are due. The Comp-
troller General shall make such disbursements in the case of direct
Davis -Bacon Act contracts.
3. p) Payrolls and basic records. Payrolls and basic records relating
thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work
preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and
mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States
Housing Act 0( 1931. or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction
or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name,
address. and social security number of each such worker, his or her cor-
rect classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of conmbu-
bons or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents
thereof of the types described in Section 1(b)(2XB) of the Davis -bacon Act).
daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual
wages pad. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5
(axl)(ly) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of
any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or pro-
gram described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act the contractor
shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such
Previous Edition is Obsolete
HUD -4010 (294)
!HB 134411
benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible,
and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the
laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs antici-
paled or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors
mploying apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain
'itten evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certifi-
aton of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees,
and the ratios and wage rates prescnbed in the applicable programs.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control
Numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.)
(9) (a) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any
contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to HUD 01 113 designee if
the agency is a party to the contract but if the agency is not such a party,
the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant sponsor, or owner,
as the case may be. for transmission to HUD or its designee. The payrolls
submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information
required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5(aX3Xi). This information
may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available
for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Docu-
ments (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, 0C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the
submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the
Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number
1215-0149.)
(b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of
Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent
who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the
contract and shall certify the following:
(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information
required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a)(3Ni) and that such
information is correct and complete:
(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper,
apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period
has been paid the full weekly wages earned without rebate, either directly
or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indi-
xry from the full wages earned, other than permissable deductions as set
.x thin29CFRPart3:
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the
applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the clas-
sication of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determina-
tion incorporated into the contract
(e) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set
forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the
requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by
paragraph A.3.(ii)(b) of this section.
(d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the
contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section
1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code.
(9g The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required
under paragraph A.3.(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or
transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or its designee or the
Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview
employees during working hours on the job. lithe contractor or subcon-
tractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available. HUD
or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, appli-
cant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the sus-
pension of any further payment advance, or guarantee of funds. Further-
more, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such
records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29
CFR Part 5.12.
4. (I) Apprentices and Trainees. Apprentices. Apprentices will be per-
mitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they per-
formed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a
bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of
' abor, Employment and Training Administration. Bureau of Apprenticeship
Wd Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the
reau, or if a person is employed in his of her first 90 days of probationary
employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is
not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the
Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency
(where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an
apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site
in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the
contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any
worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered
or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of
work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on
the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determi-
nation for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing
construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is
registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the jour-
neyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractors regis-
tered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not
less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's
level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid
fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship
program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify hinge benefits,
apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the
wage determination for the applicable classification, If the Administrator
determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice
classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In
the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Appren-
ticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an
apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize
apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work
performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(II) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.1& trainees will not be
permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work per-
formed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in
a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certifi-
cation by the U.S. Department of Labor. Employment and Training Admini-
afration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be
greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and
Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate
specified in the approved program for the trainees level of progress,
expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the
applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid hinge benefits in
accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee pro-
gram does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full
amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that mere is an
apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman
wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full
fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a
trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan
approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not
less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work
actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site
in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid
not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the
work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Admin-
istration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no
longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predeter-
mined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is
approved.
(9Q Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices,
trainees and journeymen under this pan shall be in conformity with the
equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as
amended, and 29 CFR Pan 30.
S. Compliance with Copeland Act requrements. The contractor shall
comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Pan 3 which are incorporated by
reference in this contract
& Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor will insert in any sub-
contracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a$1) through (10) and such
other clauses as HUD or its designee may by appropriate instructions
requireand also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these
clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be
responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcon-
tractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5.
HUD -4010 (2-84)
7. Contracts termination; debarment A breach of the contract clauses in
29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debar-
ment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
& Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rul-
ings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in
CFR Parts 1, 3. and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this
Contract
9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor
standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general
disputes clause of this contract Such disputes shall be resolved in accor-
dance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR
Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include dis-
putes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and HUD or its
designee, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their
representatives.
10. (i) CMlkatlon of Eligibility. By entering Into this contract the con-
tractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who
has an interest in the contractors firm is a person or firm ineligible to be
awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis -
Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(aR1) or to be awarded HUD contracts or partici-
pate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24.
(H) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm
ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of
the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded HUD contracts
or participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24.
�i) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S.
Criminal Code. 18 U.S.C. 1001. Additionally, U.S. Crimnal Coda Section
1010, Title 18, U.S.C" "Federal Housing Administration transactions". pro-
vides in part "Whoever, for the purpose of .. influencing in any way the
action of such Administration... makes, utters or publishes any statement
knowing the same to be false . . shall be fined not more than $5,000 or
imprisoned not more than two years, or both."
11. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees No laborer or
mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of
this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner
scrimineted against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such
.mployee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted
any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding
under or relating to the labor standards applicable under this Contract to
his employer.
B Contract Work Hems and Sally Standards Act As used in this para-
graph, the terms "laborers" and "mechanics' include watchmen and
guards
(1) Overtime raquksnents. No contractor or subcontractor contracting
for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employ-
ment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or
mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work
o work in excess of of forty
hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives com-
•
pensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of
pay for all hours worked in excess of
forty hours in such workweek, Est.
(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the
event of any violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this
paragraph, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall
be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcon-
tractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under
contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such
territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be com-
puted with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including
watchmen and guards employed in violation of the clause set forth in sub-
paragraph (1) of this paragraph, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on
which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of e
4eaaess.rrnanttt� of the standard workweek of forty hours without pay-
ment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in subpara-
graph (1) of this paragraph.
(3) Wahholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. HUD or its
designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an autho-
rized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be
withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the
contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal
contract with the same prime contract or any other Federally -assisted con-
tract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act which
is held by the same prime contractor such sums as may be determined to
be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor
for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set
forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph.
(4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert. in any
subcontracts the clauses set forth in subparagraph (1) through (4) of this
paragraph and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these
pauses in any lower der subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be
responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontrac-
tor with the clauses set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this
S.
C. Hearth and Safety
(1) No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings
or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or danger-
ous to his health and safety as determined under construction safety and
health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation.
(2) The Contractor shall comply with all regulations issued by the
Secretary of Labor pursuant to Title 29 Part 1926 (formerly part 1518) and
failure to comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Con-
tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Public Law 91-54.83 Stat 96).
(3) The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in every
subcontract so that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor.
The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract as
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor
shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.
HUDi010 (284)
. I I
Dnibit:
ATTACHMENT TO FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS
SOCALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT" AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED
PURSUANT THERETO BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR.
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
TITLE 18, U.S.C., section 874
(Rtplaces section I of the Act of Lune 13, 1934148 Stat. 948.40 U.S.C.,
arc 276b1 pursuant to the Act of June 25, 1948.62 Stat. 862)
KICKBACKS FROM PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYEES.
Whoever. by Sc.. intimidation. or threat of prorunnt dismiwl from emolovment. or by rev other manner whale•
ga a induces any person employed in the rollUNrbun, pmYcut,n. cnmpkHmn a. "pair of an\public budding. public work.
ae bmldin;m work financed in whole or in pan by loans or manta from the! noted mtatn. to my up an. pan of the com•
permion to which he is entitled under hi. contract of rmpim ment. shall be fined not more than 33.Iaq or rmpn.oned not
aeom than five yeah. or both.
SECTION 2 OF THE ACT OF JUNE 13. 1934, AS AMENDED (48 sat. %1.62 sat. 662.
63 Suit. 108.72 sat. %7, 40 US.C.. arc. 276c)
• Tin Seaton of Labor shall make .enable regulations for contrarton and subeontnctoer eneaed in the eanwuaoe,
pmaaeniw. comphtoa or repair of public boddinn public works or bedding or works financed in %hole or in pan bt bans
er Image from the, Uaiud Mates. including a provisions that each contractor and subcontractor dtall furnish „erlle a rtalemenl
with shaped to the wages pad each employee during the preceding week. Seetaa 1001 of Title 18 (Cared Stain Grdel %halt
apply to tech asauments.
... x x X -
--
Pseeund to the alontaid Anti -Kickback Art, the Senetrr of Labor. United Stain Department of Labor. ha pnsmul.
pted the rephtons heeinaftn set forth. which rendmmns am found in Title 29. Subside A. Code of Federal Kenulan r..
Part 3. The term "this pan,' as used in the nplations hereinafter set forth. nftn to Pan 3 lam above mentioned. Sad rep
Waltman aes an follow.:
TITLE 29 — LABOR
Subtitle A — Office of the Secretary of Labor
FART 3 —CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES
Section 3.1 Purpose and scope.
This part pnwtbe'ant1J<ickbak' regulations under section 2 of the Act of Iune 13. 1934. as amended (40 U.S.C
276%). pop lrly known an the Copeland Act. This put soplies to any contract which is subject to Federal wage standrds
and which in for the consructon. proueunon. completion, or epaw of public buildings. public works or buddies or works
fanaaeedin who% or in pan by loans or anu from the United Stain. The pen is intended to and in the enforcement of the
minimum ware proeiaohs of the DasBaon Act and the lanaua statutes dealing with Federallyaneted conrtruntun that
eoelaln similar minimum wap pro.iemna, incladiog those provisions which an not subject to Reoe .nsatsoa Plan No. 14
22
HUD 11238-S(R)
C 0
(e{., the College Housing Act of 1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act *1 1959). and in the
enforcement of the overtime provsom of the Convect Work Hours Stndards Act whenever they aue applicable to construction
work. The put details the obligation of cantneton and subcontractors relative to the weekly submarine of statements rcesrd.
big the wages paid an work emerged thereby: awe forth the e4eusisacn and procedures governing the making of payroll de-
dactiom loom the wage of these employed on week work: and delineates the methods of payment pamrbte on each work.
Section 3.2 Definitions.
As used in the regulations in this pan:
(a) The time "building" or "work" generally include mnnruetion activity a ditinguiahed from manufacturing.
banishing of materials. or se.ncing and marntemmr tack. The sins include. without limstagmn. holdings, aructurn. and
improvements of all types. such as badges. dame. pinst. hrthwava. parkways. wnu,#ubwan, tunnel., sewers, main., powers
line, pumping stations. raiwan, awpoN. terminal., doh, pre., whanes, ways. lightl i.uea. buoys. jetties. b.akwaters.
lain. and canals: dredging. shoring, scaffolding. drilling. blestint. excavating. clearing. and landscaping. Unless conducted in
mnnecton with and at the site of such a building or work as is described in the foregone sentence, the mnufacture or furnish
iag of materials, articles. supplies. a equipment (whether or not a Federal or Stage agency aequun tole to such materials.
Ricks, supplies. or equipment dune the coupe 01 the m.nfaatuse or (urnishing. or owes the material from which they see
nnufanund or furnished) is not a "building' or "work" within the mewing of the rgulatons in this pun.
(b) The terms "cosutructon." "ptevecotion,""completion,"or "repair" pen JI typesof work den on a particular
buiWogor work at the it. thereof, including. without hmiution. ahering.remodeling. passing and decorating, the transpon-
big of suteriah and supplies to or from the building or weak by the employe. of the constnation diameter or conwuetsn
anbtontractor, and the mnufacturing or furnishing of materials. rticks. supplies, or equipment on the Steal the building or
• work, by persona employed at the ate by the contractoror whconvaebe.
(c) The teens "public building"or "public work" include building or work foe whoa conatrwnion, prosecution, cm.
phdion. or repair. as defused shown. a Federal agemy as contracting paty, regardless of whether otle thereof is in a Federal
"a".
(d) The term "building or work financed in whole oil, put be loans or pants from the United Stites" include, build -
ingot work for whom construction, penetration. completion, or repar. as defined above. payment or part payment is mode
d'nctfy or indirectly from funds provided by loses or pnts by a Federal agency. The term does not include building or work
for which Federal aristcoa is limited solely to khn gaararnoe or nrrince.
(e) Every person paid by a contractor or subeonvaetor in ray mnner for his labor in the constrction. peeveewtion.
completion. or repair of a public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in put by Ion or pants
from the United Stages is "employed "and recemng "wage,," regal dless of any contractual relationship alleged to exist between
him and the real employer.
(f) The tom "am affiliated person" includes a spov. . child. parent, or other Clove relative of the contractor or sub-
cntractor; a partner or officer of the contractor or subcontractor: a corporation closely connected with the contractor or
aubcontroctor as parent. subsidiary or otherwise. and an officer or agent of such corporation.
(g) The term "Federal agency" means the United Stages, the District of Columbia. and all executive department., s-
de)nder establishments. admniaratire ,gentle► sad instrumentalities of the United States and of the District of Columbia,
including corporations. an or substantially aV of the stock of which is beneficially owned by the United States, by the District
of Columbia, or my of the foregoing departments. cwblishmentt agencies. and insrumntalities.
Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages.
(a) As used in this section. the term "employee" shall not apply to peesom in clsei.etiom higher than that of labors
or mechanic and those who sin the immediate npenien of such employees.
•
23
ndtibit
(b) Each emaraclne w subcontractor engagnl in the romlruciion. prowrvlfon, completion, or "par of miry puiJie
)wtld'mg or public work. in Lu4diog w work financed in whole or in part h) loam or panti from time Fnitcd Stet". •hall
(wnith cads week a .4Mcmame with re•pett to the .apes pad each of ill emplm en <nca!ed on %"A coined b. 29 (:FR
Prt3 and u Junng dw pnadmp worklr pat -roll pond. TI.,. stalr,nnn ,full Ie asnnled by the contractor or •ubnrm
tmtw oily an wtlonred offra w employer of the rontrartor or wsLcnntraeior who wtw"iwr dw patm-eel of tea:-... and
shall been fin... WI 13IS. "Statemrnl of Complunee". or en an nlrmieal (won .,n the hxl of 0.'11 3;?. "1'a mitt I or Con•
tractor Optional (ue)"w on am form .Pill identical wording. Saugdr ralnn of tt 11317 and Wit 3741 maw be obtaiurd from
the Guvanment mnlraelmg w.j nut ing acenev. and topics of tl,..e farms eon in purdtard at the Gu,anme nt Printing
orrrw.
(e) The requiremesi of tl,fa emcee shall not apply to any •enure of $2.000 w Inv.
(d) Upon a written finding U. the head of a Federal agency. IIttt Secnrur of labor may provide teamnable limitations.
va 1s1ivag lokrarcr., and nrmptones (sum row rrglirementsof ties. wale. wbjert to such conditions an the Secretary of
Labor may .pacify.
(29 F.R. 93, )•n- 3. 1961, n amestdrd n 33 F.R. f flUlh. f my 1:.1161)
Section 3.4 Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and inspection of weekly payroll records.
(a) Each werkly slatcau4 re sewed under § 3.3 du0 he delite red for the conlrarlw w wbrvMrrtor. within seven
days after the replay payment date of time limttull period. to a rep"+matrix of a Frdnal or State apace in dome at the
site of the building. work, w. if tlwne it no reprising agree of a Federal w Stale agency all. site of dw holding w unit.
the .Ialemenl slsall In me "rd by the cualraelw at stdwoutrxtor, ,.,thin much time, to a Federal or State acne, contra/ntg
• for. coloring tin building w wurk..)fl.r such examination and rlwrt a maw Ie made, mark uaten.nt, or a colon thereof.
.Wl be kept nadaW.. or .hull be transmitted b,gaher with a "pen of any wu4lon. in accordance with applicable proeednres
prsaibed by the United States Ihpammnt of L•hoe.
(b) Each contractor w subcontractor shall pre'.nr form sink it p" roll record. fur a period of lone year, from der of
ewnpklwn of the contract. The payout r.rnrd. .hall et out acr:uate1% awl romph trly the name and add"s of each lalwrn
and mechanic. his Torre i ell+dw.tion. ram of paw. lady tied week1, numher of Innma .caked. dedwluos made, and acutal
rages paid. Such payroll returda dull be mask ay.iW,lc at all filters for m.pertman b) the contracting ..!lien in hi. wllonted
rfwrarntative. and toy authorized npnrntali.n of the Department of Labor.
Section 3.5 Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval of the Secretary of Labor.
Deduction. made coder the crcumnanen w in time situations decnbed in the prapaplsof this section may be made
without application to and approval of the Seemiry of Labor.
(a) Any deduction made in rumplinn with the requirements of Frdnal. State. or local law, such as Federal or Slue
withholding income faster and Federal .ecisi aecunry- laze..
(h) Any deduction of wmt Iwntuu.k paid I. the rmplo) cc u a Iona fide prrpa,owal of wares when much pre{utsnatt
b made without Ji,wount or mtnest..t "bona fide pnparmeat of cam' is considered to have been made only w Iwit rah or
itequnalmt he. bee. advanced to the perms employed in awl, mouser as to pve him complete freedom of di.po.itwn of tlnr
advanced funds.
(e) An) deduction of emouws n.pured by inner proem to be paid In another. unlew lhededuciion is in fa.w of the
contractor, .ubtuntractur or an) dhliaed piton, w .Iwo euliuson or rollabontion clot..
•
24
tricot
(d) Any deduction constituting a contribution on behalf of the person emploved to fonds ntablialu d by the empb.er
m representatives of employee.. or bah, for the propose of pro%sal is rather from principal or income, or both, medical or
bopital care, pensions or .nnuitie. on retininent. death benefits, compenattton for in)uriey, illness, accidents, sickness, or
disability, or for mWrann to provide any of the (oregning. or uamploYment benefits. vacation par. savings aeNunY, or
IS. payments for the benefit of employees. then families and dependents: Horded hour..,. That the following standards
art met: (1) The deduction a not otherwise prohibited by law: (2) itus either: (i1 Voluntanlr consented to be the employe
in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such eon,ent is not a rondition either for the
obtaining of or for the continuation of employment. or(ti) provided fain a bons fide colkrtnr barnining agreement be.
twee. the contractor or wbmnvacea and representatives of it. ern(dnven. (31 no profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained.
directly or indirectly, by the contractor or subcontractor many all liatrd person in the form of eommsron, dividend, a
othrwise., and (4) the deductions shall rive the conenrnce and interest of the employee.
(e) Anr deduction contributing toward the pu"hass of United Slates Defense Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily
Unlimited by the employ".
(f) Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay loam to a to purhase altars in ..edit unions
organized and operated in accordance wish Federal and State credit union statute..
(g) My deduction voluntarily autlnnted by the employee for the making of contribution. to guveenmen W or quasi.
governmental agencies. such u the Americ.n Red Go..
(h) Any deduction wduntarih authorised by the employer for the making of contributions to Community Chews.
United Givers Funds, and tantalizer charitable organu.atmns,
• (i) My deductions to pat regular union initiation (en and mrmherhip dues. mot including fans or special aaseamnen4
/b.idrd. hanger, That a collective bargaining agnemrot bet.een the contractor or subcontractor and repmentativn of its
employers provide. for such deductons and the deduction. are not othrrr ate prohibited by law.
ff) Any deduction not man than for the'rea,.anahle cute"cif k„ard, lodging. ur ulh.t facilities riveting the rryuire.
pit of section 3(m) of the Far Labor Standanl. Art of 19.18. a, amrnde,l. and pat 53) of this title. When inch a deduction
is aide the additional records requited under § 516.E^. (a) of this title .hail he kept.
Section 3.6 Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Secretary of Labor.
My coetractoc or subcontractor may apply to the Sreretary of Labor for permwuso to make any deduction not pr,
milted under § 3.3. The Secretary may pant permu.een whenever he finds that:
(a) The contractor. subcontractor. or an. affiliated person don mot make a profit or bears directly or indirectly from
the deduction either in the faro of a comnrrssion. dividend, or othnwne:
(b) The deduction snot otherwise prohibited by law;
(c) The deduction is either (1) vokrnianiv consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which
the work is to he done and such consent is not a condition either for the ditammg of employment or its contrmmnm. or (2)
provided for in a bens ride collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representativesof its
employees: and
(d) The deduction carves the convenience and interest of the employee.
•
25
Section 3.7 Applications for ilia approval of the Secretary of Labor.
My application for the making of payroll deduction vender g 3.6 shall comply with the requimmcnu prercriind all the
following pseapgds of this section:
(a) The applintion dull hem writing and shag be addrn.ed to Ile, Seueury of labor..
(b) The application shall identify the contractor contracts under winch the wart in nuntion is to Ii. pn(onnei. Per.
neon will be given for deductions only on specific. ,Jmtified contraets,nap upon s tlwwing of euepuoaal catuutstanesr.
(c) The application shall date s(firmuive r that then is compliancy with the Mindards it, forth in the puiiwas of
136. The affirmation shall be acenmpamed by a full statement of the facts indicating such compliance.
e
(d) The application shall include .description of the proposed deduction, the purpose lob. erred thereby. Mid the
Bass of teboran or mechanics from whew wages the proposed deduction would be made.
(e) The application dial) law the names and bwineu of any third person to whom any funds obtained from die pro-
posed deductions arc to be tranaunted and the affiliation of amh pence. d aver, with die applicant.
Section 3.8 Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications.
The Secretary of labor shall decide whether or not the requeded deduction d pnmivibk under p evision@ of g 3.6:
ad dtah notify the applicant in writing of Ilia decision.
• Section 3.9 Prohibited payroll deductions.
Deductions not elnwhan provided for by this part end which an act found to be Permissible under 1 3.6 are prolnbit,d
Section 3.10 Methods of payment of wages.
The payment of wages diall be by cash, negotiable instruments psi able on demand, or the additional forms of compeusaw
time for which deductions an permissible under this part. No other methods of payment shall be ntugmsed on work tubpect
to the Copeland Act.
Section 3.11 Regulations put of contract.
Al ewatraeta made with air i peerto the contnuction. proaerution. completion. or repair of wy public buidine or public
work or building or work financed in whole or in pan by loans or grants from the United States covered by tie renulainns in
this poet shall expressly bold the contractor or subcontractor to comply with such of the regulations in dais put a mac be q.
plkable. In Chia regard. act § 5.3(s) of this aubtile.
26
MUD 423g-S(R)
Li
Index of General Conditions
Subject Section Subject Section
Accident Prevention .................... 44 Notice and Service ...................... 42
Additional Bond. ....... .................. 30 Obligations of Contractor....,.,,,,,,, 11
Additional Instructions ................ 3 "Or Equal" Clause ...................... 8
Allowances ................................ 36 Overtime Compensation ............... 55.
*Anti -Kickback Act ...................... 58. Owner's right to terminate........... 23
Apprentices ............................... 56- Patents ......,.,,.......................,.,. 9
.Architect's Authority.................. 35 Payment of Employees............ .., 52
Assignments .............................. 31 Payments by Contractor.......... .., 27
Bond, Security ........................... 29 Payments to Contractor............... 25
Bond, Security, additional.-...-...-.- 30 Payrolls and accords ,,, 65.
Changes in Work ........................ 17 Periodic Estimates ..................... 24.
Claims for Extra Cost ................. 22 Permits, Surveys. Regulations ...... 10
Completion time ......................... 19 Photographs ............................... 50
Complaints, Proceedings or Testimony 62. Posting Minimum wage rates ......., 61.
Condition. Subsurface .................. 21 Prohibited Interests.................... 48
Conflicting Conditions ................. 41 Protection of lives and health........ 44
Construction Schedule ................. 24 ,r Protection of work, property......... 13
Contract nocumenta.................... I Provisions required by law. -....,.... 43
Contract Sc cu rtty .....a ................. 29 Quantities of Estimate.................. 38
Contractor's Insurance ................ 28 Questions Concerning Regulations .... 6h.
Contract T.trmination.................. 71. Release at Contractor............,..... 26
Contractor's Mutual Responsibility 32 Removal of Debris ...................... 37
• Contractor's Obli,tattors.............. I1 Reports, Records and Data..........- 15
Claims and Disputes 63. Responsibility of contractor.-........ 32
Contractor's Title to Materials..... 6 Right of Owner to terminate.......... 23
Classifications Not Listed 1100......, 59- Rights -of-Way............................ 39
Ccrr,rtton of Work ..................... 20 Schedule of Construction.......:....,. 24
Daniages, Liquidated .................... 19 Security.......................,......,...., 29
nata. Repn-t. a-ri P.er+n'+s.........., 15 grparate contracts ...................... 33
Debarment Breach of Labor Standards 69. Services, materials. iactlit:es....... 5
Debris Removal ......................... 37 Shop Drawings............................ 4
Definitions ............................e,.. 2 Specific Coverage......................... 66..
Detail Drawings ......................... 3 Stated Allowances ,...,.........a......,. 36
Different Subsurface ................... 21 Subcontracting....................... 34 and 45
Discrimination, employment......... 46 Subcontractor's Insurance........... 28
Drawings detail .......................... 3 Subcontractors Ineligible...........•e, 67.
Emergencies ............................. 13 Substitute Bord........................... 30
*• Employment Practices ..... ... -.. 70. Subsurface conditions .................. 21
Equal Emplovmenr Opportunity...- 46 Superintendence by contractor....... 16
Estimated Quantities................... 38 S}trvevs• permits........................ 10
Extras ...................................... 18 Suspension of work...................... 51
Fin .... al Payment ....................... 26 Termination of contract.....-..., 23 and 7
x 1 Guaranty, general ....................... 40 Testing of Materials.................... 7
Irspecs:on................................. 14 Time for completion-................... 19
Inspection of :.tatertals................ 7 Title to materials 6
.......................
Insurance .................................. 28 Use and Occupancy...................... 49
Lands and Rights -of -Way............. 39 Use of Premises..........,,............. 37
Legal Provisions. Implied............ 43 linder{ayrents of dares •,,,,,.....a.a... 53
Liquidated damages 19 Wages. Minimum ........................ 52
Mater:als.................................. 5 Wage 1;ndernavments................... 53
liemoer of C-r.;ress....-.....I....a.:. 47 Weather Conditions -........11.11....... 12
Minimum wages -...1....1.11............ 52 Withholaing of Payments .............. 53
Nan-d:scrtmtratton in Employment 46 51a•
w Articicated Fi•in;,c Benefits.........
e rnnlcyrent Prchit-ited............... 57
Fringe fenefit5 i.at Errres,ed....... 60
* Frovision.. to L.: Included........... 68
+► Attachment to Federal Labor Standards Provisions
27
MUD -42385 (.R)
�` U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT HUD- (9--55)66)
9
(
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Enumeration of Plans, Specifications and Addenda
2. Stated Allowances
3. Special Hazards
4. Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
5. Photographs of Project
6. Schedule of Minimum Hourly Wage Rates
7. Builder's Risk Insurance
• 8. Special Equal Opportunity Provisions
9. Certification of Compliance with Air and Water Acts
10. Special Conditions Pertaining to Hazards, Safety Standards and
Accident Prevention
•
I. ENUMERATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA
Following are the Plans, Specifications and Addenda which form a part of this contract, as set forth in
Paragraph 1 of the General Conditions, "Contract and Contract Documents":
DRAWINGS
General Construction:
Heating and Ventilating:
Plumbing:
Electrical:
Nos. 1 thru 12
to NA
00 NA
NA
• NA
" NA
SPECIFICA TIONS:
General Construction: PageTS203 to TS1915 fncl.
• Heating and Ventilating: " NA to , fncl.
Plumbing: fl NA to , incl.
NA
Electrical: " to , incl.
NA
" to , incl.
" to , fncl.
ADDENDA:
No. Date No. Date
No. Date No. Date
2. STATED ALLOWANCES
Pursuant to paragraph 36 of the General Conditions, the contractor shall include the following cash
allowances in his proposal:
(a) For (Page of Specifications) $
(b) For (Page of Specifications) $
(c) For (Page of Specifications) $
(d) For (Page of Specifications) $
(e) For (Page of Specifications) $
(f) For (Page of Specifications) $
3. SPECIAL HAZARDS
•
The Contractor's and his Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance shall provide
adequate protection against the following special hazards:
4. CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY, VEHICLE LIABILITY,
AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE
As required under paragraph 28 of the General Conditions, the Contractor's Public Liability Insur-
ance and Vehicle Liability Insurance shall be in an amount. not less than 3 1.000,000 for in-
juries, including accidental death, to any one person, and subject to the same limit for each
person, in an amount not less than $I non nn on' account of one accident, and Contractor's
Property Danage Insurance in an amount not less than S 500.000
The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the
life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage of the type and in the
same amounts as specified in the preceding paragraph, er (2) insure the activities of his subcontractors
in his own policy.
• S. PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT
As provided
in paragraph 50
of
the General
Conditions,
the Contractor will furnish photographs to
the number,
type, and stage
as
enumerated
below:
NONE REQUIRED
6. SCHEDULE OF OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND MINIMU:II HOURLY WAGE RATES AS RE-
QUIRED
UNDER PARAGRAPH 52 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS
Given on Pages r 35 and 36
7. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE
As provided in the General Conditions, paragraph 28(e). ,.,e Contractor will/will not* maintain
I#rllder' S Risk Insurance (fire and extended coverage) on n pH t'r rat ronnleted value basis on
the insurable portions of the project for the benefit or the owner, the Contractor, .md all sub—
• r'ontractors, as their interests may appear.
•Strike out one.
(3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers
with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or
understanding, a notice to be provided by the Contract Compliance Officer
advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contrac-
tor's commitment under this section and shall post copies of the notice
in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
1
(4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 112116 of
September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of
the Secretary of Labor.
(5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by
Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations,
and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit
access to his books, records, and accounts by the Department and the
Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance
with such rules, regulations, and orders.
(6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination
clauses of this contract, or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders,
this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part,
and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government con-
tracts or federally assisted construction contract procedures authorized
in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or
order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
• (7) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately pre-
ceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraph (1) through (7) in
every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations,
or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of
Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will
be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take
such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the
Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including
sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a
Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a
subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department,
the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation
to protect the interest of the United States.
C. Hometown or Imposed Plans
In areas where a hometown plan or imposed plan is operative, the Community
Development Block Grant Recipient must contact the appropriate HUD Equal
Opportunity Office for specific instructions.
8. SPECIAL EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PROVISIONS
A. Activities and Contracts Not Subject to Executive Order 112L6 as Amended
(Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related
subcontracts under $10,000)
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant
for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants for
employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment,
without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment
upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination; rates of pay or'other forms of compensation; and
selection for training, including apprenticeship.
(2) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees
and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by Contracting Officer
setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The
Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive considera-
tion for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or nationa:
origin.
(3) Contractors shall incorporate foregoing requirements in all subcontracts.
B. Contracts Subject to Executive Order 112h6, as Amended
(Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcon-
tracts exceeding $10,000)
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant
for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are
employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard
to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection
for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in
conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment,
notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the pro-
visions of this nondiscrimination clause.
(2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees
placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified appli-
cants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race,
color, religion, sex, or national origin.
D.
C
•
in the
Of-ei..r .-_.
and Business
During the performance of this contract, the ccntractor agrees as follows:
(1) The contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of Section 3 of the
Housing and Urban Developmnt Act of 1968 (12 USC 170(u), as amended, the
HUD regulaticns issued pursuant thereto at 211 0Th Part 135, and any appli-
cable rules and orders of HUD issued thereunder.
(2) The "Section 3 clauseit set forth in 211 3FF. 135._ (bj ;hall dorm part of
this contract, as set forth in Paragraph 1 of the General Conditions,
"Contract and Contract Doctmlents".
(3) Contractors shall incorporate the "Section 3 clause" shown below and the
foregoing requirements in all subcontracts.
r
Secticn
3
Clause
as
Set
Forth
=-
,z =
07_ •)
A. The work to be performed under
this contract is on n project assisted un-
:er a Program ;rorlding dlract "edarnl
financial assistance from the Depart-
ment of Housing and Urban Develop-
ment and Is subject to the requirements
of section 3 of the Housing and Urban
Development Act of 1968. as amended. 12
U.S.C. 1701u. Section 3 requires that to
the greatest extent feasible opportunl-
ties for training and employment be
given lower Income residents of the
project area and contracts for work L7
connection with the project be awarded
to businaaa concerns wnlen d1* located
in. or owned In substantial part by per-
sons residing in the ana of the project.
B. The nettles to this contract will
Comply with the provlelons of said sec-
tion 3 and the regulations Issued pursu-
ant thereto by the Secretary of Housing
and Urban Development set forth in 24
CFR —. and all applicable rule@ and
orders of the Department Issued there-
under prior to the execution of this cone
tract The parties to this contract certify
and agree that they are under no con-
trattual or other disability which would
prevent them from complying with these
requirements.
C. The contr,ctor will send to each Ie-
bor orgenitatlon or representative of
workers with whl;h he has a collective
bargaining agreement or other contract
or understanding. If any, a notice advise
Ing the said 1a`or oreanlratlon or work.
ersrenresenta!tve of his commitments
under this section 3 clause and shall post
copies of the notice in conspicuous places
available to employees and applicants for
em"loyment or training.
D. The contractor will Include this
se• tlon 3 clause in every nubeontrsct for
work to connection with the protect and
will. rat the direction of the applleant
for or redolent of edera. lnartelat as-
slSLance. take abpropriate action pursu-
ant to the subcontract upon a finding
that the subcontractor a In violation of
regulations t•sued by the Secretary of
Housing and Urban Davelnornent 3e
he contractor W1fi not sub -
Contact with any _tzr.ontrtctor 9ilere
tt has notl-e or \nnwirdce that the latter
has been found in Violation of retnila-
tions under 24 CYR -- and will not
let any subcontract unless the fubeon-
tractor has Ant nrovtded It with a pre-
llminary statement of ability to comply
with the requirements of these remu-
lattons.
E. Comnllance with the r: nvesons of
aectlon 3. the reTuirticns nit forth in :1
C: R —_. a -et nil ..rnucaele rules and
orders of the Department Issued there-
under prior to the execution of the con-
tract. shall be s re-Ctttnn cf the rederal
financial Assistance Provided to the proj-
ect, binding upon the applicant or recip-
ient for Such - e-Istance. its suceeSSon.
and asatens. Failure to fulfill these re-
quirement shall eublect the appdeant or
recipient. Its contractors and subcontrac-
tors. Its succeamn. and-saicns to ihoae
sanctions sperified by the grant nr loan
agreement r.r contract t.nn:.tn :rhtch
:eedenl •sw,tapra :3 ❑rnvldrn. .Ind to
aucn Sanctions as ir_ snremed by a
C'R — 1:.3.
? 9. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AIR AND WATER ACTS
(Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related
subcontracts exceeding $100.000)
Compliance with Air and Water Acts
During the performance of this contract, the contractor and all sSocon-
tractors shall comply with the requirements of the Clean Air Act, as amended,
112 USC 1857 at seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended,
33 USC 1251 et seq., and the regulations of the Environmental Protection
Agency with respect thereto, at LO CFR Part 15, as amended.
In
addition to the foregoing requirements, all nonexempt contractors and
subcontractors
shall furnish to the owner, the following:
(1)
A stipulation by the Contractor or subcontractors, that any facility
to be utilized in the performance of any nonexempt contract or sub-
contract, is not listed on the List of Violating Facilities issued by
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 110 CFR 15.20.
(2)
Agreement by the contractor to co:rly frith all the requirements of
Section 1111 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, (42 USC 1857c-8) and
Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended,
(33 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and
.
information, as well as all other requirements specified in said
Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued
thereunder.
(3) A stipulation that as a condition for the award of the contract, prompt
notice will be given of any notification received from the Director,
Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility utilized,
or to be utilized for the contract, is under consideration to be listed
on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.
(11) Agreement by the Contractor that he will include, or cause to be included,
the criteria and requirements in paragraph (1) through (Li) of this
section in every nonexempt subcontract and requiring that the Contractor
will take such action as the Gover:sr.ent may direct as a means of enforcing
such provisions.
10. SPECIAL CONDITIONS PERTAINING 2U :HAZARDS
SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT RE VEN fl
A. Lead -Based Paint Hazards
(Applicable to contracts for constriction or rehabilitation of residential
structured)
The construction or rehabilitation of residential structures is subject
to the HUD Lead -Based Paint regulations, 2b CFR Part 35. The Contractor
and Subcontractors shall comply :with the provisions for the elimionation
of lead -base paint hazards under sub -part B of said regulations. The
Owner will be responsible for the inspections and certifications required
under Section 35.lh(f) thereof.
B. Use of Explosives (Modify as Required)
When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work,
the Contractor shall observe all local, state and Federal laws in purchasing
and handling explosives. The Contractor shall take all necessary precaution
to protect completed work, neighboring property, water lines, or other under
ground structures. Where there is danger to structures or property from
blasting, the charges shall be reduced and the material shall be covered
with suitable timber, steel or rope mats.
• The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utility property of
intention to use explosives at least eight hours before blasting is done,
close to such property. Any supervision or direction of use of explosives
by the Engineer, does not in any :way reduce the responsibility of the
Contractor or his Surety for damages that may be caused by such use.
C. Danger Signals and Safety Devices (Modify as Required)
The Contractor shall make all necessary precautions to guard against
damages to property and injury to persons. He shall put up and maintain
in good condition, sufficient red or warning lights at night, suitable
barricades and other devices necessary to protect the public. In case
the Contractor fails or neglects to take such precautions, the Owner may
have such lights and barricades installed and charge the cost of this work
to the Contractor. Such action by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor
of any liability incurred under these specifications or contract.
•
11. PRICES TO INCLUDE AND SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS:
• The bid price for all items shall include all labor, materials, equipment,
and tools necessary or reasonably required to furnish and install in place,
complete and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and as
directed by the Engineer, in good operating condition, the items as listed
and shown and/or specified.
"All construction staking shall be done by Contractor on this project."
The following items of construction shall be paid for under the given pay
items of the Bid Form. These items cover the work set out in the Plans and
these Specifications and provided for on the Bid Form.
PRICES TO INCLUDE
1.0 WATSON STREET INSTALLED COMPLETE:
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:
Work completed and accepted under this item will be measured by the
lump sum.
BASIS OF PAYMENT:
Work performed and accepted under this Item and measured as outlined
above will be paid for at the unit bid price per lump sum; which shall
• include but not be limited to the following items: Any required
staking, asphalt leveling course, and overlay; new sidewalk
construction and replacement; drainage piping as shown on the Plans
with compacted granular backfill to sidewalk or street subgrade,
junction manholes, grated inlets, existing pavement or concrete
parking lot repair according to detail in the Specifications, existing
fire hydrant relocation or adjustment as necessary; water meter
relocation or adjustment as necessary; adjust existing sewer manholes
and water valves to finish grade; seed and mulch all disturbed areas;
and for all material, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete Watson Street as shown on the Plans and listed
in the Specifications. Any items not listed above and is necessary
to complete the job will be considered subsidiary to the above list.
2.0 ROLLSTON STREET INSTALLED COMPLETE:
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:
Work completed and accepted under this item will be measured by the
lump sum.
BASIS OF PAYMENT:
Work performed and accepted under this Item and measured as outlined
above will be paid for at the unit bid price per lump sum; which shall
include but not be limited to the following items: Any required
staking, excavation and embankment or offsite borrow as required,
concrete street paving, sidewalk removal and sidewalk construction;
water meter relocation or adjustment as necessary, adjust existing
sewer manholes and water valves to finish grade; and seed and mulch
all disturbed areas; and for all material, equipment, tools, labor,
and incidentals necessary to complete Rollston Avenue as shown on the
Plans and Listed in the Specifications. Any items not listed above
and is necessary to complete the job will be considered subsidiary to
the above list.
3.0 THOMPSON STREET INSTALLED COMPLETE:
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:
• Work completed and accepted under this item will be measured by the
lump sum.
BASIS OF PAYMENT:
Work performed and accepted under this Item and measured as outlined
above will be paid for at the unit bid price per lump sum; which shall
include but not be limited to the following items: Any required
staking, excavation and embankment or offsite borrow as required,
concrete street paving, drainage piping as shown on the Plans with
compacted granular backfill to sidewalk or street subgrade, curb
inlet, grated inlets, removal and disposal of existing drainage pipes;
existing fire hydrant relocation or adjustments as necessary, adjust
existing sewer manholes and water valves to finish grade; sidewalk
removal and sidewalk construction; topsoil, seed, and mulch all
disturbed areas; and for all material, equipment, tools, labor, and
incidentals necessary to complete Thompson Avenue as shown on the
plans and listed in the Specifications. Any items not listed above
and is necessary to complete the job will be considered subsidiary to
the above list.
`r1
4.0 BOLES STREET INSTALLED COMPLETE:
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:
Work completed and accepted under this Item will be measured by the
lump sum.
BASIS OF PAYMENT:
Work performed and accepted under this Item and measured as outlined
above will be paid for at the unit bid price per lump sum; which shall
include, but not be limited to, the following items: Any required
staking, excavation and embankment or offsite borrow as required,
concrete street paving, existing sidewalk extensions to back of curb,
water meter relocation or adjustment as necessary, adjust existing
sewer manholes and water valves to finish grade; existing curb removal
and disposal; topsoil, seed and mulch all disturbed areas; and for all
material, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to
complete Boles Street as shown on the Plans and in the Specifications.
Any items not listed above and is necessary to complete the job will
be considered subsidiary to the above list.
C
p
I
U.S. Department of Labor
GENERAL DECISION NO. AR91-7
Supersedes General Wage Decision No. AR9O-7
State: ARKANSAS
County(ies): Statewide
Construction
Type: Water, Sewer Lines, Streets, Runways & Highway
Construction
Description: Construction, alteration, and/or repair of streets.
highways, runways and water & sewer utilities, (but does
not include structures on highway rest areas).
Modification Record:
No. Publication Date
1 May 24, 1991
17
Page No.(s)
18-19
Vol. II
I
•
•
U.S. Department of Labor
AR91-7
BRICKLAYERS
CARPENTERS
CONCRETE FINISHERS
ELECTRICIANS
IRONWORKERS:
Structural
Reinforcing
+LABORERS:
Air Tool Operator
Asphalt heater operator
Asphalt raker
Carpenter Helper
Chain saw Operator
Checker grade
Concrete finisher helper
Concrete joint sealer
Concrete saw operator
Formsetter
Laborer
Pipulayer
Powderman
Vibratorman
PAINTER
PILE DRIVER LEADMAN
*POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
Aggregate spreader open.
Asphalt plant fireman
Asphalt.plentdrier oper.
Batch plant oper.
Bulldozer Operators:
Finish
Rough
Bull float operator
Concrete curing machine operator
Concrete mixer operator:
Less than 5 sacks
5 sacks and over
Backhoe op. - rubber tired (1 yard or
less)
Cherry picker operator
Concrete paver operator
Concrete spreader oper.
Crane, derrick, dragline, shovel,
backhoe, opens.:
1-1/2 yards or less
over 1-1/2 yards
Crusher Operator
Distributor operator
Drill Operator wagon or truck)
Elevating grader oper.
Euclid or like equipment operator
(bottom or end dump)
Finishing machine oper.
tip
Basic Fringe
Hourly Benefits
Rates
7.20
7.20
7.20
8,75
6.30
5,45
5.15
5.15
5.85
5.15
5.15
5.45
5.15
5.15
5.15
5.45
4.25
5,45
6.40
5.15
E.20
6.20
5.80
4.85
4.85
5.80
6.60
5.65
5.65
5.65
5.15
6.20
6.10
6.10
6.70
6.70
6.70
7.20
5.65
5.65
5.65
6,70
5.25
6.10
U.S. Department of Labor
AR91-7
Flagger
Forklift operator
Form grader operator
Front end loader oper.:
Finish
Rough
Hydro seeder operator
Mechanic
Mechanic Helper
Motor patrol operator:
Finish
Rough
Mulching machine oper.
Oiler and greaser
Pile driver operator
Power broom operator
Pug Mill Operator
Roller operator (self propelled)
Scraper operator:
Finish
.Rough
Sod slicing machine op.
Stabilizer mixing machine operator
Tractor operator (crawler type)
Tractor operator (farm and wheel)
Tractor operator wheel type (with
attachments I yd. or under)
Trenching machine oper.
STONEMASONS
TRUCK DRIVERS:
Distributor truck driver
Semi -trailer
Lowboy driver
Transit mix fruck driver
Truck driver (heavy -maximum pay
load in excess of 3.000 lbs.)
Truck driver (light -maximum pay
load 3,000 fbs,)
Well drillers -
4.25
5.05
5.05
6.70
5.65
5, i5
6.90
5.25
6.90
5.65
5.iS
5.AS
6.20
5.15
5.15
5,25
6,90
5.65
4,95
5.65
5.15
5.15
5.55
5.55
7.20
5.A5
5.45
5.65
5,45
5.15
4.85
6.90
WELDERS: Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to
which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the
scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as
provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR, 5.5 (a) (1)
(ii)).
19 (May 24, 1991)
Gentlemen:
in compliance with Section 3 of
the 1968 Housing and Urban Development Act regarding Equal
Employment Opportunity hereby gives notice that no person in the
United States shall on the ground of race, color, religion, sex or
national origin be denied employment, and further assurance is also
given that will immediately take
any measures necessary to effectuate this policy. Notice of the
policy will be placed in plain sight on the job location for the
benefit of interested parties and all subcontractors so notified.
All Equal Opportunity posters will be displayed as required.
has been appointed as the Equal
Employment Opportunity Officer to coordinate company efforts, to
advise and assist key personnel and staff, and officially serve as
focal point for complaints, etc. Attachment 2 reflects present
employment of the company and percentage goals for projected hiring
of lower -income residents, minorities and women.
In accordance with Paragraph 135.70 of Section 3, Attachment 1
reflects anticipated subcontractor needs and approximate dollar
amounts in each category for the duration of this project. The
contractor will use the HUD/LRAO Minority Business Register as far
• as possible in the project area and inform unlisted minority
businesses of the need to be on the HUD/LRAO Minority Business
Register. Specific efforts will be made to contact and use
minority -owned businesses in the project area to the maximum extent
feasible.
Section 3 requirements and language will be in each subcontract
bid and proposal for work on this project. We will require Section
3 compliance by covered subcontractors and Section 3 Programs from
all subs of $10,000 or more.
d .IS . • ,�.}_ �l.Y • ' , .I I Ohl.fl
To the maximum extent feasible and
any subcontractors will use lower income residents as trainees,
apprentices and workers (if qualified) to complete the work on this
project. Special outreach efforts will be made to various public
and private recruitment sources (list planned recruitment resources
). Special emphasis will also
be made to recruit minorities and women.
and all its subcontractors will determine be craft
and position the approximate manpower needs to complete the
project. The manpower needs will be made known to the recruitment
resources named above. Attachments #2 and $3 shall be completed
by and each contractor to assure
that reasonable goals and target dates are a formal part of any
•., contract or subcontract. Attachment A2 indicates current workforce
and Attachment #3 shows projected workforce needs and goals for
lower income residents, minorities and women.
All personnel actions of the Company shall be made on a non-
discriminatory basis without regard to race, color, religion, sex
or national origin. We will inform each subcontractor of these
affirmative requirements and ensure compliance.
The Company will submit all reports required in a timely fashion.
The company shall also assure that all subcontractors shall submit
required reports as needed.
Title:
signature
Address
I
• 2
0.
•
ATTACIIMPUT Al
PROJECT #:
SPONSOR
ANTICIPATED AND ACTUAL SUBCONTRACTS:
The following list is intended to provide information on anticipated subcontracts
and to provide a record of actual. subcontracts. The final record will be provided
BUD Equal Opportunity Division for their use as desired and to reflect affirmative
compliance by this company.
COIIPLETE FOR SUBMISSION WITH BID
Craft/Specialty Approximate
Amount +Date
THIS PORTION IS FOR RECORD BEEPING
PURPOSES AFTER tProj. AG aONTRA
roj . Area Minority
Subcontractor Business Owned Sex/Face
Name -Address Yes No Yes No (Code)
Total:
uoass ior�dCLS
Racial Codes:
I - Ipdian E1 - Male * Total $ to Area Businesses
B - Black F - Female
S/A- Spanish American ** Total $ to Minority/Women
W - White Ausinesses
0 - Other
• *Set dollar amount goals for awarding of contracts to, Small or Disadvantaged Area
Businesses.
**Also set dollar goals for awarding of contracts to businesses owned by Minorities
and/or women. .
+Date - Approximate start and ending date of construction. Start/End
ATTACQC•]E14T 82
..
7ATE:
C11RRE11T E:?LOY1'i1T
W2YA11
PROJECT d
SPONSOR
COYITRACT 0:
our Company (is)or (is not) located in and (is) or (is not) owned by residents of
the Project Area.
The positions and employees reflected below represent the present employment of the
Company. As vacancies occur or new positions are established, we will attempt to
maintain at least *Z of the workforce from the Project Area. (Use figures'
arrived at on Attachment G3.)
Racial Code: -
I - Indian 1: - dale Signed:
B - Black F - Female
Mexican/American Title
White
*Include all employees related to this job inc;udiag administrative and clerical
staff.
ATTACH:mNT O3
PROJECTED WORKFORCE NEEDS
COIIPA*TY
PROJECT d
SPONSOR
CONTRACT 11:
A *?AT AECJIX? !I ANp UTILIZATION or LOt••IER IIICOig PROJECT AAA RESIDENTS.
IrMORITIES AND WO?•tN:
The list of crafts (by classification or specialty) below reflects anticipated
numbers of employees which will be required to complete this Company's part of
the project. In accordance with Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development
Act of 1968, the Company submits the following anticipated workforce needs and
hereby establishes the following goals: (Include all projected positions including
administrative and clerical.)
COMPLETE FOR SUAi•IIS5ION WITH 3ID TFIS SECTION FOR RECORD
KEEPINC PURPOSES ONLY
CRAFT
*Total
Re d.
Journeyman
Apprentice
Trainee
Number from Project Area(Goala;
Jourteyitar. Aanrertica.Trainee
,Race !Sex
Race ISex
Race
Se:
� I
tknticinated & Aonrnximate?ote: See Attacht"ent
3A
Racial Codes:
-Indian
3 -Black F - Female
S/A - Spanish American
- ITnite
- Other
example of notification
to recruitment sources.
'*t•tinori ty t. Women
**Low lu'one Resident Goals
•_ Goals as indicated above for submission „ith bid.
0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ABBREVIATIONS
PAYMENT REQUEST
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
CLEARING FOR ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
PIPE CULVERTS
DROP INLETS & JUNCTION BOXES
SEEDING
EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT (FAYETTEVILLE)
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
REINFORCING STEEL
CONCRETE STREET CONSTRUCTION
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
DIVISION 19 - BASES AND PAVEMENTS
TS -1 THRU TS -1
TS -2 THRU TS -4
TS -203-1
TS -208-1
TS -216-1
TS -217-1
TS -225-1
TS -240-1
THRU
THRU
THRU
THRU
THRU
THRU
TS -203-1
TS -208-1
TS -216-7
TS -217-3
TS -225-5
TS -240-13
TS -301-1 THRU TS -301-22
TS -302-1 THRU TS -302-3
TS -303-1 THRU TS -303-25
TS -304-1 THRU TS -304-3
• CLASS 7 STONE BASE COURSE TS -1904A-1 THRU TS -1904A-3
BASES AND PAVEMENTS TS -1911-1 THRU TS -1911-5
EQUIPMENT & CONSTRUCTION METHODS TS -1913-1 THRU TS -1913-10
POLYPROPYLENE FABRIC REINFORCEMENT TS -1914-1 THRU TS -1914-5
GRANULAR BACKFILL TS -1915-1 THRU TS -1915-1
0
The following is an explanation of the abbreviations which are
used throughout the Specifications.
1. AASHTO - The American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials, the successor to AASHO.
2. AM - The American Standards Association.
_. AISC - The American Institute for Steel Construction.
4. ASTM - The American Society for Testing and Materials.
5. AWWA - The American Water Work Association.
6. "I= - The Metal Building Manufacturers Association.
7. RRPM - Revolutions Per Minute.
9. AWS - The American Welding Society.
• 9. AREA - The American Railway Engineering Association.
10. NEMA - The National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
Where reference is made to specifications such as ASTM, the
latest edition shall be used and shall be considered a part of
the specification.
46 TS -1
____
• PAYMENT REQUEST
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, sequence of
progress payments is to be regular, and each must be
consistent with previous applications and payments. It is
recognized that certain applications involve extra require-
ments, including initial applications, applications with
request for payment of stored materials, and final payment
application.
2. Payment Application Times: The "date" for each progress
payment is the first day of each month. The period of work
covered by each payment request is period ending the last
day of the preceeding month.
3. Payment Application Forms: Use forms for which examples are
included at the end of this division.
I
TS -2 :7014, Tt? L 5 . 0
•
•
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO.
DATED
TO: The City of Fayetteville COWER)
PROJECT: Street Improvements for Community Development Dept.
Fayetteville, Arkansas
OWNER'S PROJECT NO.; 91-38
ENGINEER'S PROJECT NO.. 91092.00
Accompanying Documentation: Bross Amount Due $
Less X Retainage f
Plus Material Stored f
Total Amount Due Contractor S
Less Previous Payments
Amount Due This Application S
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR hereby swears under penalty of perjury
that (1) all previous payments received from the OWNER on account
of work performed under the contract referred to above have been
applied by the undersigned to discharge in full all obligations
of the undersigned incurred in connection with work covered by
prior Applications for Payment under said contract, being
Applications for Payment numbered I through inclusive; and
(2) all materials and equipment incorporated in said Project or
otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment
are free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and
encumbrances.
DATED . 19
By: Title:
TS -3
Contractor
,LL S ?.cam^;=--__, .�•
.-q
d
u 0 a .N. 8 0 0 0
u
- .r a ..
C - n
ea
�
m vii UI H
.
a
W
Ya"
CH.
0
I— lab
<_
x8
>-
a
O_O 0 O
Ca U CD
a
O¢ 0
••: N{�I
a Z�i rI
"e SOH
UoZ > ° C
— fa
Q a01
SS
I..
y t a
S.
0. ftCO
Z N
I {�G
-N CN N y CO N N
N XN O z•
law u
= a
≤ZZ^ 2
Up 4) 0 0 d 4)
z o N 0 Y Y Y Y QO
U
N N by 0) G) G) y (�
O'bb U N y 7 C 7 C. 0. O Q
d IN.�p c 0. YCE E
0 010 0)0
Op w Ou 6 V C U N 0
Fi rn y d C C m 4W U ti. - • -I O •-I 0_ y .� v
o u co 0 0 fa
q W •0 N O N .I N
3 +CI a0 Ci F •C a •C
0
Fj o 0 0 S
I r
• County of Benton
State of Arkansas
Before
me on this day
of
, 19 _,
personally
appeared
known
to me, who
being duly
sworn, did depose and
say that he
is the
of the (office)
CONTRACTOR
above mentioned;
that he
executed
the above
Application
for Payment and
statement
on behalf
of said
CONTRACTOR;
and that all of the
statements contained
therein
are
true, correct and complete.
Notary Public
My Commission Expires
•
TS -4
•
-' - . ::r.vu O. IMC.
• DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
ITEM 203 CLEARING FOR ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION
203-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of clearing, grubbing, removing
and disposing of all trees and debris as necessary
within the right-of-way limits for the construction of
the roadway to the cross section shown on the plans.
This work shall include the preservation of vegetation
and objects outside of the clearing limits. The
Contractor shall preserve all things designated to
remain. Paint required for cut or scarred surfaces of
trees or shrubs to remain, shall be furnished and
applied by the Contractor at his expense. Trees shall
be felled and removed in such a manner as to avoid
injury to other things or persons.
•
i
TS -203-1
CFk;70N. Tu.L 4. ALBQCIATES. INC.
• DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
ITEM 208 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
208-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of shaping and compacting the
subgrade for the placing of base course in accordance
with these specifications and to the lines and grades
indicated on the plans.
208-2.1 MATERIALS:
None
208-3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
The subgrade shall be prepared in such a manner as to
insure that the base course will be placed on a firm
foundation that is stable and reasonably free from dust
pockets, wheel ruts, or other defects.
• After shaping and prior to the placement of the base
course, the subgrade shall be compacted to not less
than 95% of the maximum density obtained by AASHTO T
180. Compaction equipment used shall be suitable to
accomplish the required compaction in a efficient
manner. If it is necessary to adjust the moisture of
the soil, either by addition of water or by drying,
this shall be done at the Contractor's expense and
included in the price bid for subgrade preparation.
208-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT
•
Test and Short Title
AASHTO T 180, Density
Material and Short Title
None
TS-2OB-1
COPYRIGHT C 1990 ca hC
CRAFTON. TtJLL b ASSGC� • , _ _ .
DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
•
ITEM 216 PIPE CULVERTS
216-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of the construction of pipe
culverts and flared end sections for pipe culverts in
accordance with these specifications, of the type, size
and dimensions called for in the Bid Schedule and shown
on the plans, and in conformity with the locations,
lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed.
216-2.1 MATERIALS:
Materials and design requirements for the several types
of pipe culverts and flared end sections shall conform
to the following:
A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe:
The pipe may be of either bell and spigot or tongue and
groove design unless one type is specified on the
plans. The strength test requirements shall be the D-
• load to produce a 0.01 inch crack and the ultimate load
specified for the appropriate type and class of pipe.
1. The manufacture and furnishing of circular pipe
shall be in accordance with ASTM C 76.
2. The manufacture and furnishing of arch shaped pipe
shall be in accordance with ASTM C 506.
3. Joints shall be composed of either cement mortar
(3 parts concrete sand to 1 part Portland Cement)
or cold applied preformed plastic gaskets unless
one type is specified on the plans.
Cold applied preformed plastic gaskets shall
conform to AASHTO N 198, Type B.
When a primer is recommended by the manufacturer to be
used in connection with the plastic gasket, the
material in the primer shall comply with the
requirements as specified by the manufacturer.
• TS -216-1
COPYR)Gkf 0 1990
CRAro1, TVLL & A $kCiA I ES. NC.
• B. Corrugated Steel Pipe:
The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated steel pipe
shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 36, as amended
below, and AASHTO M 218.
AASHTO M 36 is amended as follows:
Add to section 24: The field inspection will be made by
the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the
Engineer an itemized statement of the sizes and lengths
of culvert pipe in each shipment. This inspection will
include an examination of the culvert pipe for
deficiencies in lengths of sheets used, nominal
specified diameter, net length of finished culvert pipe
and any evidence of poor workmanship as outlined above.
The inspection may include the taking of samples for
chemical analysis and determination of weight of
spelter coating. The pipe making up the shipment shall
meet the requirements of these specifications and if
25% of the pipe in any shipment fails to meet these
requirements, the entire shipment may be rejected.
If the Engineer so elects, he may have the material
inspected and sampled in the rolling mill or in the
• shop where fabricated. He may require from the mill
the chemical analysis of any heat. The inspection,
either in the mill or in the shop, shall be made under
the direction of the Engineer. The Engineer will have
free access to the mill or shop for inspection and
every reasonable facility shall be extended to him for
this purpose. The inclusion of any material or pipe
which has been previously rejected at the mill or shop
will be considered sufficient cause for rejection of
the entire lot.
The metal will be accepted until after the sheet
manufacturer's certified analysis and manufacturer's
guarantee have been passed upon by the Engineer and
accepted.
The identification brands shall be placed on the sheets
by the manufacturer of the sheets in such manner that
when the sheets are rolled into culverts such
identification shall appear on the outside of each
section of pipe. Pipe having any sections not so
stamped will be rejected.
The kind of base metal shall be designated
independently on the brand or trademark so as to
• clearly identify the base metal furnished with one of
TS -216-2
the kinds enumerated in AASHTO M 218. The designation
• of the kind of base metal may be accomplished by
placing on the sheets the initials of the exact name of
the base metal as follows:
CBPI for copper bearing pure iron
CS for copper steel
C. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe:
The manufacture and furnishing of corrugated aluminum
pipe shall be in accordance with AASHTO M 196.
D. Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Pipe:
The manufacture and furnishing of bituminous coated
corrugated metal pipe shall meet the requirements of
Ib) above for steel pipe. In addition the pipe shall
be completely coated inside and out with an asphalt
cement.
The asphalt shall be 99% soluble in trichloroethylene.
The pipe shall be coated uniformly to a minimum
thickness of 0.05 inches, measured on the crests of the
corrugations. The asphalt shall adhere to the metal,
shall not chip off in handling and shall protect the
. pipe from deterioration, as evidenced by successfully
meeting the following test requirements:
1. Stability Test:
The asphalt shall not lose its stability when
subjected to the highest summer temperature as
indicated by passing the test performed as
follows: Parallel lines shall be drawn along the
valleys of the corrugation of a representative
sample of coated pipe and the specimen placed on
end in a constant temperature oven, with the
parallel lines in a horizontal position. The
temperature of the specimen shall be maintained
within 2°F of 15O°F for a period of four hours.
At the end of this time no part of any line shall
have dropped more than 1/4 inch.
2. Imperviousness Test:
The asphalt coating shall be impervious to liquids
as indicated by passing the test performed as
follows: A 25% solution of sulphuric acid or of
sodium hydroxide, or a saturated salt solution,
shall be held in the valley of a corrugation for a
• period of 48 hours during which time no loosening
TS -216-3
COavFG!.ff a 1490
f��ll1 T:: \.. TJLI 'J Lsit IATES. Vt.
or separation of the bituminous material from the
. galvanizing shall have taken place.
E. Bituminous Coated and Paved Corrugated Metal Pipe:
The manufacture
and furnishing of
bituminous coated and
paved
corrugated
metal pipe shall
meet the requirements
of (b)
above for
steel pipe.
The flared end section shall be of the same material as
the culvert pipe for a given installation except that
the metal for steel end sections shall be of the gauge
shown on the plans.
216-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
A. Depth of Excavation:
Excavation shall be carried to a depth where foundation
materials are satisfactory to the Engineer regardless
of the elevations shown on the plans and foundations
shall be inspected and approved prior to placing any
part of the structure.
Pipe culverts under the roadbed shall be so placed that
the minimum depth of cover at the shoulder for pipe of
. any diameter or type shall be not less than one foot.
H. Forming Bed for Pipe:
Where the pipe is to be laid below the ground line, a
trench shall be excavated to the required depth and to
the minimum width practicable for working conditions.
The bottom of the trench shall be shaped as shown on
the plans to conform to the bottom of the pipe and
afford a uniformly firm bed. Recesses shall be
excavated to receive the bells where bell and spigot
pipe is used. Soft or yielding material shall be
removed and replaced with gravel or other suitable
material which shall be compacted thoroughly into place
with mechanical equipment. Where rock is encountered,
the trench shall be excavated to a minimum depth as
shown on the plans and backfilled with suitable
martial, which shall be tamped thoroughly with
mechanical equipment.
Where pipe is not laid in a trench, a uniformly firm
bed shall be made as specified above for the bottom of
the pipe.
• TS -216-4
OOPYRJCJ; a'9 O
CMAF+^I) TULL $ PcFeC 4TrS. MC.
. C. Laying Pipe:
The pipe laying shall begin at the downstream end and
bell or groove ends of concrete pipe and outside
circumferential laps of corrugated metal pipe shall be
placed facing upstream. Corrugated metal pipe shall be
placed with longitudinal laps or seams at the sides.
Pipe which is not in true alignment or which shows
settlement after laying shall be taken up and re-layed
by the Contractor without extra compensation.
D. Joining Pipe:
The method of joining pipe sections shall be such that
the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are
reasonably flush and even.
1. When Portland Cement mortar is selected by the
Contractor to seal concrete pipe joints, the
following procedure shall be used: Before
succeeding sections of pipe are laid, the lower
portion of the bell or groove of the preceding
pipe shall be plastered on the inside with mortar
of sufficient thickness to bring the inner
surfaces of the abutting pipes flush and even.
• After the pipe is laid, the remainder of the joint
shall be filled with similar material and
sufficient additional material shall be used to
form a bed around the joints. The inside of the
joint shall be wiped and finished smooth. After
the initial set, the mortar on the outside of the
joint shall be protected by means of an approved
covering.
2. When cold applied preformed plastic gasket is
selected by the Contractor to be used to seal
concrete pipe joints, the following procedure
shall be used: The pipe joint surface shall be
cleaned and the primer (if recommended by the
manufacturer) brushed on and allowed to dry. The
protective wrapping shall be removed from one side
of the rope. The rope shall be laid strip side up
on the surface of the pipe joint and the strip
pressed firmly to the surface of the pipe joint
end to end continuing around the entire
circumference of the joints. The remaining
protective wrapping shall be removed and pipe
forced into connection until material fills the
joint space.
• TS -216-5
ccpYFW„bT a 1820
Cptf•"& Tir L 5 ASSOCIATES. NC.
To insure an even and well filled joint the final
• joining of the pipe shall be accomplished by
either pushing or pulling by mechanical means each
joint of the pipe as it is laid in an approved
manner.
In cold weather when directed, the joint material
shall be warmed in a hot water bath, or by other
approved methods, to the extend required to keep
the material pliable for placement without
breaking or cracking.
E. Field Strutting:
Where required by the plans, the vertical diameter of
round flexible pipe shall be increased 5% by means of
jacks applied after the entire line of pipe has been
installed on the bedding but before backfilling. The
vertical elongation shall be maintained by means of
sills and struts or by horizontal struts as specified.
Only horizontal ties shall be used on paved invert
pipe.
Ties and struts shall be left in place until the
embankment is complete and compacted, unless otherwise
directed.
• These construction specifications shall equally apply
in the case of relayed conduits. In addition, all
conduit salvaged for relaying shall be cleaned of all
foreign material prior to reinstallation.
F. Backfilling:
Backfilling around the pipe shall be with approved
material, free from large lumps or clods. The material
shall be placed alongside the pipe in layers not to
exceed four inches in depth at near optimum moisture
content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 95%
of the maximum density, as determined by AASHTO T 99,
for the full depth of the pipe. Special care shall be
taken to compact the fill under the haunches of the
pipe. The fill shall be brought up evenly in each side
for the full length of the pipe to avoid displacement.
The berm of thoroughly compacted material on each side
of the pipe shall be as wide as the outside diameter of
the pipe. Pipe damaged during construction operations
shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
0
TS -216-6
M.`)'F:iunri1 O 0,990
GRI•'_N '' L 9 A rOCaLT;S. INC.
•
•
CI
216-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Short Title Material and Short Title
AASHTO T 99, Density ASTM C 76, Reinforced Concrete
Pipe Culverts
ASTM C 506, Reinforced
Concrete Ash Pipe Culverts
AASHTO M 198, Type B Joints
for Concrete Pipe Gaskets
AASHTO M 36 Corrugated Steel
Pipe C.M.P.
AASHTO M 218 Base Metal
AASHTO M 196 Corrugated
Aluminum Pipe
TS -216-7
CGvyr„G+,T 7 1990
f?1i! \.: Tt.Li & ASSCCi
.,.....,.nTES. QJ@,
• DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
ITEM 217 DROP INLETS AND JUNCTION BOXES
217-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of the construction of drop
inlets or junction boxes, with rings and covers or
grates and frames, in accordance with these
specifications, of the type, size and dimensions shown
on the plans, and in conformity with the locations,
lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed.
217-2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Cement, aggregates and water shall conform to the
requirements of DIVISION 3 for Class A(AE) concrete.
B. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of
DIVISION 3.
C. Masonry units shall conform to the following
• requirements:
1. Clay Brick - AASHTO M 114, Grade SW.
2. Concrete Brick - ASTM C 55, Grade A.
3. Concrete Masonry Blacks - ASTM C 139.
4. Concrete Masonry Blocks (Hollow)
ASTM C 90, Grade U-11.
5. Structural Tile - ASTM C 34, Grade LBX.
D. Steel for welded steel grates and frames shall conform
to the requirements of ASTM A 36.
E. Iron castings for rings and covers, grates and frames,
and other appurtenances, shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 30A. Bearing surfaces
between rings and covers or grates and frames shall be
cast or machined with such precision that uniform
bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter area
of contact.
F. Red lead ready -mixed paint shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M 72, Type 1. Aluminum paint
shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 69.
•
COPYRIGHT 0 1990
TS -217-1 CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
I
217-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
Drop inlets and junction boxes shall be constructed
with reinforced concrete. Non -reinforced poured in
place circular drop inlets may be used if approved by
the Engineer.
A. Concrete shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, finished
and cured in accordance with DIVISION 3 Class A(AE)
concrete.
B. Concrete shall not be poured until the Engineer has
inspected the forms and the placement of reinforcing
steel and rings or frames.
C. Walls shall be constructed to form a tight joint with
the floor and around the inlet and outlet pipes. Pipes
shall be cut flush with the inside surfaces of the
wall.
Utility lines
that
are carried
through
the walls shall
be protected
in an
approved
manner to
avoid damage.
•
•
Faces of drop inlets shall be poured as a part of the
curb in order to preserve the proper alignment.
D. Mortar for masonry units shall be mixed in the
proportion of 1 part Portland Cement to 2 parts
concrete sand in a water -tight box until the mixture
has a uniform color. Water shall then be added as the
mixing continues until the mortar has a consistency
that can be handled and spread with a trowel.
Mortar that is not used within 30 minutes after water
has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of
mortar will not be permitted.
E. Masonry units shall be laid in full courses with full
mortar joints not more than 1/2 inch wide. Courses
shall be level and adjoining courses shall break joints
a near 1/2 unit as possible. At least one course in
every seven shall be composed of headers. No spalls or
bats shall be used except for shaping around irregular
openings or when unavoidable to finish out a course.
The outside face of walls shall be plastered with a 1/2
inch thick mortar coat.
F. Metal rings or frames shall be set accurately to the
finished elevations so that no subsequent adjustments
will be necessary. They shall be set in a full mortar
bed with firm bearing on the walls or securely fastened
TS -217-2
COPYRIGHT O 1990
CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
• to the forms so no movement will occur when concrete is
placed around them.
G. Welded steel grates and frames shall be welded with 1/4
inch welds completely around the joints.
H. Metal rings and covers and grates and frames shall be
given one shop coat and one field coat of red lead
paint and one field coat of aluminum paint, as
directed.
I. Backfilling around structures shall be with approved
material, free from large lumps or clods. The material
shall be placed alongside the structure in layers not
to exceed 4 inches in depth at near optimum moisture
content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 957.
of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99 for the
full depth of the structure.
J. Structures shall be cleaned of any accumulation of
silt, debris or foreign matter of any kind, and shall
be reasonably free of such accumulations at the time of
final inspection.
• 217-3.2 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Short Title Material and Short Title
AASHTO T 99, Density Class A(AE) Concrete,
Division 3
ASTM A 36 Structural Steel
ASTM A 48 Gray Iran Castings
ASTM C 34 Structural Clay Tile
Grade LBX
ASTM C 55 Concrete Building
Block, Brick Grade A
ASTM C 90 Hollow Masonry Block
Grade U-11
ASTM C 139 Concrete Masonry
Block
AASHTO M 69 Aluminum Paint
AASHTO M 72 Red Lead Paint
Type 1
AASHTO M 114, Clay Brick,
Grade SW
L�
TS -217- COPYRIGHT O 1990
CRAFTCN. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
ITEM 225 SEEDING
225-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of furnishing and applying
lime, fertilizer, seed, mulch cover, asphalt and water
in accordance with these specifications at locations
shown on the plans or as directed. The work under this
item shall be accomplished as soon as practicable after
the grading in an area has been completed in order to
deter erosion of the roadway and siltation of streams.
225-2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Lime shall be agricultural grade ground limestone or
equivalent as approved by the Engineer.
•
I
B. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, uniform in
composition, free flowing and suitable for application
with mechanical equipment, delivered to the site in
labeled containers, conforming to current Arkansas
fertilizer laws and bearing the name, trademark and
warranty of the producer.
C. The seed shall be labeled in accordance with current
rules and regulations of the Arkansas State Plant Board
and shall have a minimum of 98Y. pure seed and 85%
germination by weight, and shall contain no more than
1Y. weed seeds. A combined total of 50 noxious weed
seeds shall be the maximum amount allowed per pound of
seed with the following exceptions: Johnson grass
seed, wild onion seed, wild garlic seed, field bindweed
seed or nut grass seed will not be allowed in any
amount. Seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard
containers. Seed which has become wet, moldy or
otherwise damaged in transit or in storage will not be
acceptable.
Legumes shall be inoculated with an approved culture as
recommended by the manufacturer, just prior to seeding.
Unless
otherwise specified,
Seeding
Type 1 shall be
used.
Seed shall be composed of the varieties and amount by
weight as shown below:
TS -225-1
COPYPfT 0 1990
CRAFTON. ML & AS90CIATES. INC.
SEEDING TYPE 1
VARIETY MARCH 15 -JUNE 15 LBS./ACRE
Bermuda Grass (Common) unhulled 10
Bermuda Grass (Common) hulled 5
Lespedeza (Korean) .:•0
JUNE 16 -AUGUST 31
Bermuda Grass (Common) unhulled 10
Bermuda Grass (Common) hulled 5
Weeping Love Grass (Eragrostis Curvula) 10
SEPTEMBER 1 -OCTOBER 15
Tall Fescue (Ky. 31) 35
Rye Grass (Annual) 40
•
•
SEEDING TYPE II
VARIETY MARCH 15 -JUNE 15 LBS./ACRE
Bermuda Grass (Common) unhulled 10
Bermuda Grass (Common) hulled 5
Lespedeza (Korean) 30
JUNE 16 -AUGUST 31
Bermuda Grass (Common) unhulled 10
Bermuda Grass (Common) hulled 5
Weeping Love Grass (Eragrostis Curvula) 10
SEPTEMBER 1 -OCTOBER 15
Rye Grass (Annual) 100
TS -2 5-2 COPYRIGHTO1990
CRAFTON. TUL L & AS$OCIATZS.
P
Seed planted between June 16 and August 31 may require
more water than that specified in order to survive.
Therefore, watering will continue after germination
until growth is established.
The seeding mixture may be altered by the Engineer in
selected areas with no adjustment in contract price.
The alteration shall be on an equivalent cost basis.
D. Mulch cover shall consist of straw from threshed rice,
oats, wheat, barley or rye; of wood excelsior; or from
hay obtained from various legumes or grasses, such as
lespedeza, clover, vetch, soybeans, bermuda, carpet
sedge, bahia, fescue or other legumes or grasses, or a
combination thereof. Mulch shall be dry and reasonably
free from Johnson grass or other noxious weeds, and
shall not be excessively brittle or in an advanced
state of decomposition. All material will be inspected
and approved prior to use.
E. Asphalt in mulch cover shall be of such quality that
the mulch cover will be bound together to form a cover
mat which will stay intact under normal climatic
• conditions. The quality and performance of the asphalt
will be determined and certified by the Engineer.
Other materials which will function equivalent to
asphalt as a tackifier for mulch cover will be
permitted as a substitute for asphalt subject to the
written approval of the Engineer of Materials and
Research.
F. Water shall be of irrigation quality and free of
impurities that would be detrimental to plant growth.
225-3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Seedbed Preparation. Areas to be seeded shall be
dressed to the shape and section shown on the plans.
If the plans call for replacing topsoil, this shall be
done prior to any preparations for seeding. Before
beginning the seedbed preparation, soil samples shall
be obtained from each major soil area (such as cut
backslope or fill foreslope) by the Engineer for lime
requirements analysis.
Lime, at the rate determined by the lime requirement
test, shall be uniformly spread on areas to be seeded
• prior to their being roughened or scarified. The
seedbed shall be thoroughly pulverized by means of disk
harrows or other approved methods, thoroughly mixing
lime and soil to a. depth of not less than 4" (2" for
TS -225-3
. •
•
slopes 4:1 or steeper) below finish slope elevation.
Regardless of the pulverizing method used, the soil
shall be broken with the contour of the slope.
Objectionable foreign matter shall be removed and the
soil left in a suitable horticultural condition to
receive the fertilizer and seed. Water may be applied
before, during and after seedbed preparation, as
directed by the Engineer, in order to maintain the
desired moisture content in the soil.
When no lime is required, seedbed preparation shall be
accomplished as specified above regardless of the
method used in the distribution of fertilizer, seed and
mulch cover.
B. Fertilization. Fertilizer shall be applied at the rate
of 800 pounds per acre of 10-20-10, or the equivalent
amount of plant food. Fertilizer shall be uniformly
incorporated into the soil alone or in conjunction with
the required lime. If the Contractor so elects, the
fertilizer may be drilled into the soil or combined
with the seed in the hydro -seeding operation.
• C. Seeding. (1) Broadcasting. Broadcast sowing may be
accomplished by hand seeders or by approved power
equipment. Either method shall result in uniform
distribution and no work shall be performed during high
winds. The area seeded shall be lightly firmed with a
cultipacker immediately after broadcasting.
(2) Drilled in Rows. When seed is drilled in rows,
the rows shall be horizontal. Fertilizer and seed
shall not be drilled together and shall not be mixed.
(3) Hydro -seeding. If a hydro -seeder is used for
seeding, fertilizer and seed may be incorporated into
one operation but a maximum of 800 pounds of fertilizer
shall be permitted per each 1500 gallons of water. If
the Contractor so elects, the fertilizer may be applied
during preparation of the seedbed. The area shall be
lightly firmed with a cultipacker immediately prior to
hydro -seeding.
(4) Mulch Cover. Mulch cover shall be applied at the
rate of 4000 pounds per acre immediately after seeding
and shall be spread uniformly over the entire area by
approved power mulching equipment. If the Contractor
so elects, an approved mulching machine may be used
• whereby the application of mulch cover and asphalt may
be combined into one operation. If this method is
used, no change in application rates will be allowed.
In its final position, the asphalt tacked mulch shall
TS -225--4 COPYRIGHT 0 1990
CRAFTON. TULL & AS90CIATES. NC.
be loose enough to allow air to circulate, but compact
enough to partially shade the ground and reduce the
impact of rainfall on the surface of the soil. Care
shall be taken to prevent asphalt materials from
discoloring or marking structures, pavements, utilities
or other plant growth. Removal of any objectionable
discoloration shall be at no cost to the State.
E. Asphalt. Immediately following or during the
application of the mulch cover on seeded areas, asphalt
shall be applied at the rate of approximately 0.05
gallon per square yard. Application shall be made from
a pressure distributor, so equipped to insure constant
and uniform distribution. The use of asphalt may be
reduced or eliminated at selected locations when
directed by the Engineer.
F. Water. After application of the mulch cover, water
shall be applied in sufficient quantity, as directed by
the Engineer to thoroughly moisten the soil to the
depth of pulverization and then as necessary to
germinate the seed. The Contractor shall maintain
growth areas from the time of germination for a period
of at least 3 weeks or until final acceptance of the
project, whichever is greater.
The Contractor shall have on the job before seeding is
started such equipment of adequate capacity and
suitable water supply to achieve the desired moisture
level in the soil. The time required for application
of water will not be included in the computations of
contract time for completion of the project provided
all other work under the contract has been completed.
G. Restoration. Additional work and materials required
because of loss through erosion will be paid for under
the pertinent contract items. Additional work and
materials required due to the Contractor's negligence
in maintaining completed work or failure to maintain
moisture levels shall be accomplished at no cost to the
Owner.
is
TS -275- COPYRIGHT 0 1990
CaAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
• ITEM 240 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
FAYETTEVILLE
240-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of excavating, removing, and
satisfactorily disposing of all materials within the
limits of the work required in accordance with these
specifications and in conformity with the dimensions
and typical section shown on the plans and with the
lines and grades established by the Engineer.
All suitable material taken from excavation shall be
used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and
backfilling, as indicated on the plans or as directed
by the Engineer.
When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required
to construct the embankments to the grades indicated,
the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate
development or wasted as directed. When the volume of
excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill
to the grade indicated, the deficiency shall be
supplied from borrow sources at locations on site or
from offsite areas if an item for offsite borrow is
listed in the proposal form.
240-2.1 MATERIALS:
Classification:
All material excavated shall be defined as
"Unclassified Excavation" unless, in the proposal form,
prices asked and bids are taken for "Rock Excavation",
"Common Excavation".
Pavement removed which contains less than 12 inch thick
concrete and/or asphalt shall be considered as
unclassified excavation.
"Rock Excavation", as provided in the proposal shall
include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits,
in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which
are so firmly cemented they present all the
characteristics of solid rock which cannot be removed
without drilling and blasting. All boulders containing
0 TS -240-1
COP1*f o tgg
cuArT01( TLL14 ASSQCIATE�, NC,
a volume of more than 1/2 cubic yard will be classified
• as "Rock Excavation".
"Embankment", as provided in this specification shall
include all material excavated and placed to attain the
grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer.
"Compacted Embankment", as provided in this proposal
shall include all material compacted after excavation
and placing, meeting minimum density requirements as
specified, to attain the grades indicated on the plans
or as directed by the Engineer. All embankment beneath
areas to be paved shall be treated as "Compacted
Embankment".
"Compacted Subgrade", as provided in this
specification, shall include all material on the top of
subgrade in areas to be paved. The material shall be
compacted to the depth and density specified to meet
the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer.
Frozen condition of any of the different classified
materials taken from excavation does not constitute a
• basis for a claim for higher classification or for
extra work on the part of the Contractor.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
240-3.1 GENERAL:
The rough excavation shall be carried to the necessary
depth to obtain the specified depth of subgrade
densification shown on the plans. Likewise, on
embankments, the depth of subgrade densification shall
be as shown on the plans. Should the Contractor,
through negligence or other fault, excavate below the
designated lines, he shall replace the excavation with
approved materials, in an approved manner and
condition, at his own expense. The Contractor shall
have complete control over the excavation, moving,
placing, and disposition of all material. All material
determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in waste
areas or as directed. Topsoil shall not be used in
fills or in subgrades but shall be handled and placed
as directed.
After excavation to subgrade, the embankment and/or
subgrade material shall be laboratory tested in
accordance with ASTM D 424.
•
TS -240-2
COPYRIGHT O 1990
-IIFTON. TULL & ASXCIATES. INC.
• After excavation to subgrade, the embankment and/or
subgrade material shall be laboratory tested in
accordance with ASTM D 424.
In sections where soils are encountered which have a
Plasticity Index of between 10.0 and 20.0 the crushed
stone base shall have a thickness of eight (8) inches.
In sections where the soils have a Plasticity Index of
greater than 20.0 the top two (2) feet of the subgrade
shall be removed and replaced with upgraded material;
or the top six (6) inches of the subgrade shall be
treated with lime.
The Contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to
the character, quantity, and distribution of all
material to be excavated. No payment will be made for
any excavated material which is used for purposes other
than those designated. All spoil areas shall be
leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present
a neat appearance before project acceptance.
Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the
top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to
hauling or to any other activity of the Contractor,
shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches,
• as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil, and
seeded and mulched if specified.
If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface
drainage, sewers or underdrainage, conduits, utilities,
or similar underground structures or parts thereof, the
Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all
necessary precautions to protect and preserve or
provide temporary services. When such facilities are
encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer,
who shall arrange for their removal, if necessary. The
Contractor shall, at his own expense, satisfactorily
repair all damage to such facilities or structures
which may result from any of his operations during the
period of the contract.
240-3.2 EXCAVATION:
Excavation shall be performed as indicated on the
contract plans to the lines, grades, and elevation
shown or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be made
so that the requirements for formation of embankment
can be followed. No excavation or stripping shall be
started until the Engineer has taken cross-sectional
elevations and measurements of the existing ground
surface. All material encountered within the limits
• indicated shall be removed and disposed of as directed.
TS -240-3
COPYRIGHT 0 1997
ORAFTON. TILL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
During the process of excavation, the grade shall be
• maintained so that it will be well drained at all
times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage
ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert
surface water which may affect the work.
When selective grading is specified or required as
indicated on the plans, the excavated material shall be
handled to allow the selected material to be properly
placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement
subgrades as determined from the soil profile and soil
characteristics. This material shall be deposited
within the designated areas of the project as shown on
the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Selective excavation shall be required of Unclassified
Excavation to allow for proper placement of materials
in the embankments. Rock and rubble with dimensions in
any direction greater than 12 inches shall be separated
from the grades indicated on the plans or as directed
by the Engineer.
Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the
top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to
hauling or to any other activity of the Contractor,
• shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches,
as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil, and
seeded and mulched if specified.
If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to
place any material in its proper section of the
permanent construction, it shall be stockpiled in
approved areas for later use.
Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, existing
foundations and pavement,or other material
unsatisfactory for subgrades, roads, shoulders,
intermediate areas, or any areas intended for
embankment shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12
inches, or to the depth shown on the plans, or as
specified by the Engineer, below the contemplated
surface of the subgrade or the designated grades.
Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material,
unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be
removed to the depth specified, to provide a
satisfactory foundation. Unsatisfactory materials
shall be disposed of at locations shown on the plans or
as designated by the Engineer. All material so
excavated shall be paid for at the contract unit price
per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" as
provided in the proposal. The portion so excavated
• shall be refilled with suitable selected material as
TS -240-4
ta.FTON. TILL & ASSOCIATES. PJC.
specified, obtained from the grading operations or
• borrow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The
necessary refilling shall be considered subsidiary to
the excavation time. When rock cuts are made and
refilled with selected material, or where trenching out
is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths
thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to
provide adequate drainage.
The Contractor shall make the distribution as indicated
on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and
raising or lowering of the grade to avoid haul will not
be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor
adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found
necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies
in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction.
Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any
material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work
as planned or authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer
shall determine if the displacement of such material
was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All
overbreak shall be removed by the Contractor and
disposed of as directed; however payment will not be
made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which
the Engineer determines to be avoidable. Unavoidable
overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified
Excavation", in which case unavoidable overbreakage
from slides will be classified as such.
The removal of existing utilities required to permit
the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by
local agencies unless otherwise shown on the plans.
In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved,
herein defined as "Compacted Subgrade," shall be
compacted to the depths as shown on the plans or when
not otherwise shown to be a minimum depth of 6 inches.
Compacted density shall not be less than 95Y. of the
maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by
the compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T 99.
Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed
and paid for as "Unclassified Excavation." No payment
or measurement for payment will be made for "Compacted
Subgrade".
No payment or measurement for payment will be made on
suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced
in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation,
aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable
materials necessary to obtain the required density
shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and
•
TS -240-5
"'IVYROff 01961
:A.AF1OW% TILL 8 ASSOCIATES, PIC
embankment
operations, and
shall
be
performed by the
• Contractor
at no additional
cost
to
the project.
Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their
greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6
inches of the subgrade.
In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back
slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to
line or finished grade of slope. All cut -and -fill
slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross
section, and alignment shown on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer.
Blasting, when necessary, will be permitted only when
proper precautions are taken for the protection and
safety of all persons, the work, and the property. All
damage done to the work or property shall be repaired
at the Contractor's expense. Any approvals given will
not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility in
blasting operations.
240-3.3 DITCH EXCAVATIONS:
Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for
• drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet,
temporary levee construction, or any other type as
designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be
performed in the proper sequence with the other
construction. The location of all ditches or levees
shall be established on the ground. All satisfactory
material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory
material shall be placed in spoil areas or as directed.
Waste or surplus material shall be disposed of as shown
on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be
constructed prior to the starting of adjacent
excavation operations. All necessary handwork shall be
performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation,
and cross section, as designated.
Ditches constructed on the project shall be maintained
to the required cross section and shall be kept free
from debris or obstructions until the project is
accepted. Where necessary, sufficient openings shall
be provided through spoil banks to permit drainage from
adjacent lands. Unless an item is included in the bid
proposal form, separate payment will not be made for
ditch excavation.
TS -240-6
wr-�'f•'A
CR FTGn'. 11)2. S /strcIATES. Nc.
240-3.4 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA:
Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in
accordance with the requirements in Item 202. All
depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether
caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled
with suitable material and compacted to ground surface
before the construction of the embankment will be
permitted to start.
Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials,
the entire area upon which the embankment is to be
placed, except where limited by rock, shall be
scarified and broken by means of a disk, harrow, or
plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6
inches. Scarifying shall be done approximately
parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris,
large stones or objectionable material that would cause
interference with the compaction of the foundation or
fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as
directed. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the
fill material shall be spread over the scarified
foundation and the whole area compacted as required in
the specifications.
• Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes
steeper than 3 to 1, horizontal benches shall be
constructed as shown on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer. Suitable excavated material shall be used
for embankment at the unit price bid for "Unclassified
Excavation."
No direct payment shall be made for the work performed
under this section. The necessary clearing and
grubbing and the yardage removed or used will be paid
for under the respective item of work.
240-3.5 STRIPPING:
All vegetation such as brush, heavy sods, heavy growth
of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any
other unsuitable material within the area upon which
fill material is to be placed shall be stripped or
otherwise removed before the embankment is started, and
in no case shall such objectionable material be allowed
in or under the fill areas. No direct payment will be
made for stripping unless a separate item is listed in
the proposal for Stripping Complete.
C1
TS -240-7
• /�
240-3.6 PLACEMENT OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL;
All material excavated and placed as fill, to attain
the grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer, shall herein be termed "Embankment", with no
compaction other than that obtained by distributing
equipment movement over the entire fill area, excluding
the compaction requirements for "Compacted Embankment".
Payment for the placement and compaction of
"Embankment" and "Compacted Embankment" shall be
inclusive to the cost of "Unclassified Excavation."
240-3.7 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS:
Embankments shall be formed of satisfactory materials
placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than
6 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross
section.
The grading operations shall be conducted, and the
various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil
structure as shown on the typical cross section or as
directed. All materials entering the embankment shall
be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves,
• grass, roots, and other objectionable material. Soil,
granular material, shale, and other material permitted
or used in embankment shall be spread in successive
layers as specified.
Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time
when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of
rain, freezing weather, or other unsatisfactory
conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag,
blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper
surface drainage.
In areas designated as "Compacted Embankment" on the
plans or by the Engineer, the moisture content of the
materials in the horizontal layers shall be maintained
at 0Y. to 3% above optimum moisture content prior to
rolling to obtain a compaction of 95Y. as determined by
the Standard Proctor Test. This level of moisture
shall be maintained until the next layer is placed.
Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when
necessary to secure a uniform moisture content
throughout the layer shall be required. Should the
material be too wet to permit proper compaction or
rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment
thus affected shall be delayed until the material has
dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling
• TS -240-B
•t: wvgM'Y :. T t
shall be done with approved equipment that will
. sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient
equipment to furnish the required water shall be
available at all times. Samples of "Compacted
Embankment" materials for testing, both before and
after placement and compaction, will be taken at
frequent intervals. From these tests, correction,
adjustments,and modifications of methods, materials,
and moisture content will be made to properly construct
the embankment.
Rubble or rock deposited by the Contractor in areas
designated as compacted embankment shall be deposited
in loose lifts not to exceed 8 inches in depth. The
greatest dimension of any single piece of rubble or
rock shall not exceed 18 inches in any direction. The
deposited rubble or rock shall be completely choked to
eliminate all voids which cohesive or non -cohesive
soils and the total compacted to the requirements as
cited above.
Rolling operations shall be continued until the
embankment is compacted to not less than 90Y. of the
maximum density, at optimum moisture, as determined by
the AASHTO compaction control tests T 99. In
embankment areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved,
• herein defined as "Compacted subgrade", shall be
compacted to the depths as shown on the plans or when
not otherwise shown to a minimum depth of 9 inches.
Compacted density shall not be less than 95% of the
maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by
the compaction control tests specified in AASHTO T 99.
Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed
and paid for as "Unclassified Excavation". No payment
for measurement for payment will be made for "Compacted
Subgrade." Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be
compacted by mechanical means.
On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no
compaction will be required on the top 4 inches.
During construction of the embankment, the Contractor
shall route his equipment at all times, both when
loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are
placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the
entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be
operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented
gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be
broken up into small particles and become incorporated
with the other material in the layer.
•
TS -240-9
• In the construction of embankments, starting layers
shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fill; as
placement progresses, layers shall be constructed
approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade
line.
When rock (or rubble and other embankment material are
excavated at approximately the same time, the rock
shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the
embankment and the other material shall be incorporated
under the future paved areas. Rock fill shall be
brought up in layers as specified or as directed and
form a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulder shall not
be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment
areas, except at places and in the manner designated by
the Engineer.
Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment
nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability
of all embankments made under the contract and shall
replace any portion which, in the opinion of the
Engineer, has become displaced due to carelessness or
negligence on the part of the Contractor.
• When stockpiling of excavated material and later
rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer
in order to produce the specified subgrade structure,
the material shall be paid for at the contract unit
price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation".
Any stockpiling must be approved in writing by the
Engineer prior to excavation.
240-3.8 HAUL:
No payment will be made separately or directly for haul
on any part of the work. All hauling will be
considered a necessary and incidental part of the work
and its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and
included in the contract unit price for the pay items
of work involved.
240-3.9 EQUIPMENT:
The Contractor may use any type of earth -moving,
compaction and watering equipment he may desire or has
at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a
satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the
construction schedule can be maintained as planned by
the Contractor and as approved by the Engineer in
accordance with the total calendar days or working days
TS -240-10
COPYRG^aHT a 1390
C°AFTON. TULL & ASSOCtATES. INC.
bid for the construction. The Contractor shall
• furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is
necessary to control uniform density, layers, section,
and smoothness of grade.
240-3.10 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE SELECTED SUSGRADE'
On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas
and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the
density specified. If no depth is specified the depth
shall be 12 inches. When completed, the surface shall
be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown
on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. After all
drains, structures, ducts, and other underground
appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement
have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to
the depth specified at not less than 95V. density as is
determined by the compaction control tests specified in
AASHTO T 99. Any irregularities or depressions that
develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening
the material at these places and adding, removing, or
replacing material until the surface is smooth and
uniform. Any portion of the area which is not
accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the
required density by approved mechanical tampers. The
material shall be placed at 0% to 3% above optimum
moisture and maintained at his level until the next
• layer is constructed.
All soft and yielding material and material which will
not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be
removed as directed by the Engineer and replaced with
suitable material. After grading operations are
complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in
their greatest dimension shall be removed from the
surface of all proposed graded paving areas and
disposed of as directed by the Engineer.
All times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in
such condition that it will drain readily and
effectively. In handling materials, tools, and
equipment, the Contractor shall protect the subgrade
from damage by laying planks when directed and shall
take other precautions as needed. In no case will
vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If
ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be scarified,
reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of
materials on the top of the subgrade will not be
permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and
approved, no subbase, base, surface course or pavement
shall be laid thereon.
Li
TS -240-11
:�LtF r CGPYROff o 1991
i x. 4 4SSocj, yw 9K
• 240-3.11 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES:
In areas designated on the plan as having existing
utilities to remain in service or to be relocated by
others, the Contractor shall be responsible for
developing and maintaining sufficient earth overburden
to protect these utilities. Any utilities not so
protected will be repaired immediately at the
Contractor's expense. Utilities relocated to new
positions within the work area shall also be so
protected.
240-3.12 TOLERANCES:
In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is
to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such
smoothness that, when tested with a 16 foot
straightedge applied parallel at right angles to the
centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess
of 2 inches from true grade as established by grade
hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts
shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing
materials, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling
and rolling.
• On intermediate and other designated areas, the surface
shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more
than 0.06 of a foot from true grade as established by
grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount
shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing
materials, and reshaping.
240-3.13 TOPSOIL:
When topsoil is specified or required, as shown on the
plans or under a topsailing item, it shall be salvaged
from stripping or other grading operations. The
topsoil shall meet the requirements of the specified
item or shall be approved by the Engineer. If, at the
time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be
laced in its proper and final section of finished
construction, the material shall be stockpiled at
approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed
within pavement areas and shall not be placed on areas
which subsequently will require any excavation or
embankment.
Upon completion of grading operations as specified
topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as
required in the specified item. The Engineer shall set
grade stakes for grading operations in both cut and
TS -240-12
-tit YFil C ;99
CRAF'�v, 'ULL d ASS( cj: - cS. INC.
• fill so that the topsoil will be placed at the finished
plan elevation unless specified otherwise.
No direct payment will be made for topsoil unless a
topsoil item is included in the proposal form. The
quantity removed and placed or stockpiled shall be paid
for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
"Unclassified Excavation." When topsoil is paid for
under excavation, no payment shall be made for the same
work under a topsoil item.
When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of
such material is directed by the Engineer to produce
the specified soil structure, the material so rehandled
shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic
yard for "Unclassified Excavation".
240-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT:
Test and Short Title Material and Short Title
AASHTO T 180, Density ASTM D 424-P.L. & P.I. of
Soils
•
TS -240-13
V V'F�1��JIj4� � •,{
• DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
ITEM 301 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
301-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
Concrete shall consist of an approved Portland Cement,
a fine aggregate, a coarse aggregate and water mixed in
the proportions specified for the various classes of
concrete hereinafter designated.
301-2.1 MATERIALS:
The materials used shall conform to the requirements as
set out herein. No materials shall be used containing
foreign matter, frost, lumps or crusts of hardened
substances. The gradation of the aggregate shall be
determined by laboratory methods with sieves having
square openings.
A. Water:
Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free
• from injurious amounts of oil, salts or other
deleterious substances and shall not contain more than
1000 part per million chlorides.
Water from municipal supplies approved by the State
Health Department will not require testing but water
from other sources shall be sampled and tested before
use in structural concrete.
Tests will be made in accordance with AASHTO T 26.
Where the source of water is relatively shallow, it
shall be maintained at such depth and the intake so
enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass or other
foreign materials.
Be Cement:
Portland Cement shall conform to the requirements of
AASHTO M 85. Unless otherwise specified Type I shall
be furnished. Only one brand of any one type of cement
shall be used on the contract except by written
permission of the Engineer.
Cement furnished in sacks shall weigh not less than 94
pounds net per sack. The use of cement salvaged from
used or discarded sacks will not be allowed, nor will
• the mixing or alternate use of different brands of
TS -301-1
s �f aNT C 1990
Cfi.AFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
• cement be permitted. Cement placed in storage shall be
suitably protected. Any retrogression in quality
occurring during the storage period will be cause for
rejection. If the cement furnished produces erratic
results under the field conditions incident to the
pouring and placing of the concrete, or in regard to
the strength of the finished product, or in the time of
the initial or final set, the Contractor shall, without
notice from the Engineer cease the use of that brand of
cement.
When a type of cement not specified on the plans or in
the specifications is permitted by the Engineer, any
additional cost shall be assumed by the Contractor.
C. Air Entraining Agent:
The air entraining agent, when specified, shall comply
with the requirements of AASHTO M 154, and shall be
added to the mixing water in solution. The Contractor
shall submit evidence based on tests made in a
recognized laboratory to show that the air entraining
admixture conforms to the requirements of AASHTO M 154
for 7 and 28 day compressive and flexural strengths and
resistance to freezing and thawing, except as provided
• in the following paragraphs. Tests for bleeding, bond
strength and volume change will not be required. A
recognized laboratory is any State Highway, F.H.W.A. or
cement concrete laboratory regularly inspected by the
Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the
National Bureau of Standards. Tests may be made upon
samples taken from a quantity submitted by the
Contractor for use on the project or upon samples
submitted and certified by the manufacturer as
representative of the admixture to be supplied.
An exception to the requirements in the preceding
paragraph is the case of admixtures which are
manufactured by neutralizing Vinsol resin with caustic
soda (sodium hydroxide). When the Contractor proposes
to use such an admixture he shall submit a
certification concerning the admixture in the following
form;
"This is to certify that the product
(trade name) as manufactured and sold by
the (company) is an aqueous solution of
Vinsol resin that has been neutralized
with sodium hydroxide. The ratio of
sodium to Vinsol resin is one part of
sodium hydroxide to (number) parts of
Vinsol resin. The percentage of solids
TS -301-2
..jr i GHT O ¶990
{r'Cti. TELL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
• based on the residue dried at 105°C is
(number). No other additive or chemical
agent is present in this solution."
When the Contractor proposes to use an air entraining
admixture which has been previously approved, he shall
submit a certification stating that the admixture is
the same as that previously approved. If an admixture
offered for use is essentially the same (with only
minor differences in concentration) as another
previously approved material, a certification will be
required stating that the product is essentially the
same as the approved admixture and that no other
admixture or chemical agent is present.
Either prior to or at any time during construction the
Engineer may require that the admixture selected by the
Contractor be further tested to determine its effect
upon the strength of the concrete. When so tested, 7 -
day compressive strength of concrete made with the
cement and aggregates in the proportions to be used in
the work and containing the admixture under test in an
amount sufficient to produce 47. to 77. entrained air in
the plastic concrete, shall be not less than 887. of the
strength of concrete made with the same materials and
. with the same cement content and consistency but
without the admixture.
The percentage reduction in strength shall be
calculated from the average strength of at least 5
standard 6"x12" cylinders of each type of concrete.
Specimens shall be made and cured in the laboratory in
accordance with AASHTO T 126 and shall be tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 22.
The percentage of entrained air shall be determined in
accordance with AASHTO T 152.
D. Retarding Agent:
In order to permit the retarding of the set and extend
the finishing time of concrete, a retarding agent shall
be used when specified on the plans or may be used when
permission for its use is requested by the Contractor
and such permission is given by the Engineer. The
retarding agent shall be a Type B or Type D admixture
as defined in AASHTO M 194. The Contractor shall
support his request with a manufacturer's certified
formulation of the proposed agent and with sufficient
evidence that the proposed agent has give satisfactory
• results on other similar work. Permission to use the
TS -301-3
�CJ9O
agent may be
withdrawn at
any
time
by the Engineer when
• satisfactory
results are
not
being
obtained.
The agent shall be free of calcium chloride. When air
entrained concrete is specified, the air entraining
agent and the retarding agent shall be so incorporated
that the air content of the concrete shall fall within
the percentage range stipulated in the specifications.
When air entrained concrete is not specified, the
concrete to which the retarding agent has been added
shall have an air content not greater than 3%.
The Contractor shall incorporate the retarding agent in
water solution and the water so included shall be
calculated as effective mix water.
No compensation will be made for furnishing and
incorporating the agent in the mix. No additional
compensation will be made for furnishing, placing,
finishing and curing the concrete involved.
E. Fine Aggregate:
The fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard,
durable particles of natural sand or other approved
• inert material with similar characteristics.
The amount of deleterious substances shall not exceed
the following limits:
Maximum Permissible Percent of Weight
Removed by decantation (AASHTO T-11)........2%
Clay lumps...... . . . ... ........... . . . . . ... .0.57.
Coal and Lignite (AASHTO T 113)...........0.257.
Soft and flaky particles.... .... ......... .. .2%
The fine aggregate shall be free from injurious amounts
of organic impurities and shall pass the mortar
strength test as specified in the following:
When the fine aggregate is mixed with Portland Cement
in the proportion of one part of cement to three parts
of fine aggregate, the tensile strength compared to
standard Ottawa sand mortar specimens made with the
same cement of the same proportions and consistency
shall not be less than 100%. at seven and twenty-eight
days.
•
TS -301-4
GA. T:_: S'S<X'LA7e. INC.
• Fine aggregate
coarse to fine
grading requir
AASHTO T 27:
Total retained
Total retained
Total retained
Total retained
Total retained
Total retained
Total retained
shall be reasonably well graded from
and shall conform to the following
ements when tested in accordance with
on as/8" sieve...... ..............0%
on #4 sieve...... a a. a • . . . . . . . . .0-57.
on #8 sieve. . . . . . a • . . . . . . . . . a a 5307.
on #16 sieve.................20-55'/.
on #30 sieve. .a - a a a a a a a. a . • a .40807.
on #50 sieve. • a a • • a • a a - • • • a .70957.
an #100 sieve...............95-100%
Fine aggregate from any one source shall be uniform to
a reasonable degree in gradation with the
representative sample submitted by the Contractor with
the further provision that aggregate supplied from any
one source having a variation in fineness modulus
greater than twenty points either way from the fineness
modulus of the representative sample submitted by the
Contractor will not be accepted.
F. Coarse Aggregate:
• The coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or
gravel. A coarse aggregate consisting of a combination
of crushed stone and gravel shall be used only when
specifically approved by the Engineer.
Crushed stone shall consist of clean, tough, durable
fragments of rock of uniform quality. The stone shall
have a percent of wear of not more than 40 by Los
Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96) and when subjected to five
cycles of the soundest test (Sodium Sulphate AASHTO T
104) shall have a loss not to exceed 127.. Gravel shall
consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated pebbles,
crushed or uncrushed, having a percent of wear of not
more than 40 (Los Angeles Test AASHTO T 96).
When tested by laboratory methods the amount of
deleterious substances will not exceed the following
limits:
Maximum Permissible Percentage of Weight
Removed by decantation (AASHTO T 11)............17.
Coal and Lignite (AASHTO T 113)..............0.25%
Clay lumps...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.. ....... a. aO.25
Soft fragments...... . a a. a a a a..... a. a a.... ..... .5
TOTAL deleterious substances..... . . . . a...... . . . .57.
TS -301-5
CO PlC,dT G 90
• F.'=93c RTES. NC-
• P,F.� T-.+. T;,.L
• The maximum percentage by weight removed by decantation
(AASHTO T 11) from crushed stone coarse aggregate may
be increased to 1.5% provided the percent loss
(AASHTO T 11) from the fine aggregate does not exceed
1.07..
Coarse aggregate size shall be reasonably well graded
from coarse to fine and shall conform to the following
grading requirements when tested in accordance with
AASHTO T 27:
Class A, A (AE), S, S (AE) and Seal Concrete
Total
retained
on 1-1/4" sieve.......07.
Total
retained
on 3/4" sieve.....25-657.
Total
retained
on 33/8" sieve.....70-90%
Total
retained
on #4 sieve......95-1007.
Class B and B (AE) Concrete
Retained on 2-2/2" sieve.............07.
Retained on 1" sieve.............30-65%
Retained on 1/2" sieve...........70-90Z
Retained on #4 sieve............95-100%
• Cla
.Retained on
Retained on
Retained on
Retained on
ss S, and S (AE)
1-1/4" sieve.... a -a..... .07.
3/4" sieve...........20-65%
3/8" sieve...........70-907.
#4 sieve, ...........95-1007.
Coarse aggregate from any one source shall not vary as
to maximum size and shall be uniform to a reasonable
degree in gradation with the representative sample
submitted by the Contractor, with the further provision
that an aggregate furnished from any one source having
a variation in fineness modulus greater than 20 points
either way from the fineness modulus of the
representative sample will not be accepted.
301-2.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS:
The handling and storage of concrete aggregates shall
be such as to prevent segregation and the admixture of
foreign materials. The Engineer may require that the
aggregates be stored on suitable platforms. Coarse and
fine aggregates shall be separated by bulkheads or
stored in separate stockpiles sufficiently removed from
each other to prevent the material at the edges of the
piles from becoming intermixed. Aggregate stockpiles
• must be built up in layers not to exceed 4 feet in
TS -301-6
0OPYRIGi{[ C
C:.(T: 1. TAL S AS9ZCtATES. INC.
• height and each layer shall be completely in place
before beginning the next. Coning or building up of
stockpiles by depositing material in one place will not
be permitted. The location of stockpiles shall be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
Cement shall be stored in suitable weather-proof
buildings which will protect the cement from dampness.
Provision for storage shall be ample and the shipments
of cement as received shall be separately stored in
such a manner as to provide easy access for the
identification and inspection of each shipment. Stored
cement shall meet the test requirements at any time
after storage when retest is ordered by the Engineer.
On small jobs, storage in the open may be permitted by
written authorization from the Engineer, in which case
a raised platform and ample waterproof covering shall
be provided.
•
L
Copies of cement records shall be furnished the
Engineer, showing in such detail as he may reasonably
require, the quantity used during the day or run at
each part of the work. Cement held in storage for a
period of over three months, or cement which, for any
reason, the Engineer may suspect of being damaged,
shall be subject to a retest before being used in the
work.
301-2.3 CLASSES OF CONCRETE:
Seven classes of concrete are provided for in these
specifications, four classes of non air entrained
concrete and three classes of air entrained concrete.
Each class of concrete shall be used in the part of the
structure where called for on the plans or where
designated by the Engineer, the classes are as follows:
Non -Air Entrained Concrete
Class A
Class B
Class S
Seal
Air Entrained Concrete
Class A (AE)
Class B (AE)
Class S (AE)
The following requirements shall govern unless
otherwise shown on the plans:
Class A or A (AE) concrete shall be used in retaining
walls and footings, piers, bents, columns and footings,
abutments, wingwalls, culverts and miscellaneous
structures.
TS -301-7
C-Ory"iC+!T C 19e'+0
:: w 4�
. 7tt- a F.54'rt?.TES. INC.
. Class B or B (AE) concrete shall be used in mass
concrete.
Class S or S (AE) concrete shall be used in
superstructures, including girders and beams, floor
slabs, arch rings and concrete railings.
Seal concrete shall be used for concrete deposited in
water.
(AE) Air entrained concrete will be used unless
otherwise specified.
301-2.4 CLASSIFICATION AND PROPORTIONING:
Concrete mixture shall be proportioned so as to secure
a workable and durable concrete for the various
classes, as hereinafter specified:
L
11
Class
Size of
Min. Cement
Max. Net Water
Slump
In. Air
Coarse
Factor Bags
Content Gallons
Content
Aggregate
Per Cu Yd.
Per Bag
Percent
A
1-1/4"
to
#4
5.5
6
2-4
A(AE)
1-1/4"
to
#4
5.5
6
2-4
5+ 2
B
2-1/2"
to
#4
5
6
1-2
B(AE)
2-2/1"
to
#4
5
6
1-2
5± 2
S
1-1/4"
to
#4
6.4
5-1/2
2-4
S(AE)
1-1/4"
to
#4
6.0
5-1/2
1-3
5+ 2
Seal
1=1/4"
to
#4
6
6-1/2
4-8
The concrete materials shall be proportioned as
determined by the Engineer using the Absolute Volumes
method in accordance with the requirements for each
class specified above. The concrete shall have the
following minimum strength:
Class of Concrete
A or A (AE)
B or 8 (AE)
S or S (AE)
Seal
Minimum Compressive Strength
Lbs/Sq. Inches (28 days)
3000
2100
4000
2100
The compressive strength will be determined from test
cylinders made in accordance with AASHTO T 23. If the
strength required for the class of concrete being
produced is not obtained with the minimum cement
content specified, additional cement shall be used at
the Contractor's expense.
TS -301-8
COPY1iG:;T t 1990
CRA.FTON. T UL. P. A$ . I.IATES. INC.
• When the Contractor proposes to use a new source of
material which has not been proved by past experience,
he shall submit samples sufficiently in advance so that
trial mixes can be prepared and the concrete tested as
provided above.
When air entrained concrete is specified, the air
entrainment shall be accomplished by adding to the
mixing water the proper amount of air entraining agent
in solution. The Engineer will determine by means of
trial batches on the project the amount of admixture
required to produce an air content within the range
specified. The mixer shall be equipped with a suitable
automatic dispenser for adding to the mixing water the
desired amount of air entraining agent. The dispenser
shall be constructed and connected so that the Resident
Project Representative can make ready determination of
the amount of air entraining admixture entering the
mixing water.
301-2.5 SAMPLING AND TESTING:
Slump will be determined using AASHTO T 119 and air
content using AASHTO T 152. Compression specimens will
be made in accordance with AASHTO T 23. During the
• first 24 hours, as provided in AASHTO T 23, specimens
will be stored in a condition to maintain the
temperature adjacent to the specimens at 60°F to 80°F
and prevent the loss of moisture.
Specimens for quality control will be cured after the
first 24 hours in accordance with AASHTO T 23 except
that the curing temperature will be maintained at 5OOF
to 85°F until the specimens are delivered to the
Central Laboratory where curing will be in accordance
with AASHTO T 23. If the storage is in water, a
saturated lime solution will be used.
Specimens for determining when forms may be removed,
when a structure may be put in service or when concrete
piling may be driven, will be cured, as nearly as
practicable in the same manner as the concrete in the
structure and in accordance with AASHTO T 23, section
7.4.
Specimens will be tested in accordance with AASHTO T 22
for cylinders.
During the process of the work, concrete test specimens
shall be made for each 25 cubic yards or portion
• thereof of concrete placed.
TS -301-9
c0PYRI^_-'-r � t990
• 301-2.6 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS:
Materials will be measured by weighing, except as
otherwise specified or where other methods are
specifically authorized by the Engineer. The apparatus
provided for weighing the aggregate and cement shall be
suitably designed and constructed for this purpose.
Each size of aggregate and the cement shall be weighed
separately. The accuracy of weighing devices shall be
such that successive quantities can be measured to
within 17. of the desired amount. Cement in standard
packages (sack) need not be weighed, but bulk cement
shall be weighed. The mixing water shall be measured
by volume or by weight. The water measuring device
shall be capable of control accurate to plus or minus
one percent. Scales shall be satisfactory to the
Engineer and shall be inspected, adjusted and certified
by a qualified scale technician as often as the
Engineer may deem it necessary to assure continued
accuracy. Measuring devices shall be subject to
approval.
Where volumetric measurements are authorized by the
Engineer for projects where the amount of concrete is
small the weight proportions shall be converted to
• 1 equivalent volumetric proportions. In such cases,
suitable allowance shall be made for variations in the
moisture condition of the aggregate, including the
bulking effect in the fine aggregate.
When the aggregates contain more water than the
quantity necessary to produce a saturated surface dry
condition, in accordance with subsection 301-2.4,
representative samples shall be taken and the moisture
content determined for each kind of aggregate.
When sack cement is used, the quantities of aggregate
for each batch shall be exactly sufficient for one or
more full sacks of cement and no batch requiring
fractional sacks of cement will be permitted.
301-2.7 MIXING CONCRETE:
A. General:
The concrete shall be mixed only in the quantity
required for immediate use. Concrete that has
developed an initial set shall not be used.
Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means
will not be permitted.
CJ
TS -301-10
3':PY RWIiT C SAY..
;,BARON. TUL.L S ASX)CJATES.:JC.
• B. Mixing at Site:
Concrete shall be thoroughly mixed in a batch mixer of
an approved size and type which will insure a uniform
distribution of the materials throughout the mass.
The mixer shall be equipped with adequate water storage
and a device for accurately measuring and automatically
controlling the amount of water used in each batch.
Mechanical means shall be provided for automatically
preventing the discharge of the mixer until the
materials have been mixed the specified minimum time.
The entire contents of the mixer shall be removed from
the drum before materials for a succeeding batch are
placed therein. No mixer having a rated capacity of
less than a 1 bag batch shall be used nor shall a mixer
be charged in excess of its rated capacity.
Concrete shall be mixed for a period of not less than
1-1/2 minutes after all materials, including water, are
in the mixer. During the period of mixing, the mixer
shall operate at the speed for which it has been
designed.
. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the
mixer shall contain a sufficient excess of cement, sand
and water to coat the inside of the drum without
reducing the required mortar content of the mix. Upon
the cessation of mixing for a considerable period, the
mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned.
C. Ready Mixed Concrete:
Provisions set out heretofore for site mixed concrete
shall be observed except as herein modified.
Ready mixed concrete shall be understood to mean any
concrete which is proportioned and mixed in a central
plant and hauled to the work in agitator trucks of
approved type, or in non -agitating equipment when
approved by the Engineer; or concrete which is
proportioned in a central plant and mixed in approved
transit mix trucks enroute to the site of the work; or
mixed completely in a truck mixer at the point of
delivery following the addition of mixing water.
Mixers may be stationary mixers or truck mixers.
Agitators may be truck mixers or truck. agitators. Each
mixer and agitator shall have attached thereto, in a
• prominent place, a metal plate on which is plainly
TS -301-11
CqAT,rsy, PULL & AS$XLATcs. iNC.
• marked for the various uses for which the equipment is
designed, the capacity of the drum container in terms
of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation
of the mixing drum or blades.
The truck mixer, when loaded to manufacturer's rated
capacity, which shall not exceed 637.. of the volume of
the drum of the mixer, shall be capable of combining
the ingredients of the concrete within the specified
time into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and of
discharging the concrete with a satisfactory degree of
uniformity.
Mixers and agitators shall be operated within the
limits of capacity and speed of rotation designed by
the manufacturer of the equipment. Units designated as
agitators shall not be used in connection with truck
mixing. When a stationary mixer is used for the
complete mixing of the concrete, the mixing time shall
be the same and the mixer and mixer operation shall
comply substantially with the provision set out herein
for site mixed concrete.
When a truck mixer is used for complete mixing each
batch of concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor
• more than 100 revolutions of the drum blades at the
rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of the
equipment as mixing speed. Additional mixing, if any,
shall be at the speed designated by the manufacturer of
the equipment as agitating speed. Truck mixers shall
be equipped with revolution counters capable of being
reset to zero. The counter shall be set to zero when
loading is complete and mixing begins.
When a truck mixer is used for transporting concrete
which has been completely mixed in a stationary mixer,
mixing during transportation shall be at the speed
designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as
agitation speed and the volume of the batch shall not
exceed 807. of the gross drum volume.
Concrete shall be delivered to the site of work and
discharged from the truck mixer or agitator into the
forms complete within 1-1/2 hours after the
introduction of the mixing water to the cement and
aggregates except that in hot weather, or under other
conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the
concrete, the maximum allowable time may be reduced by
the Engineer. Each bath shall be accompanied by a time
slip issued at the batching plant.
•
TS -301-12
COPYF,ry ^.1990 �.
CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. WC'.
. Slump tests shall be made at least once per day and at
any time that the Engineer or his representative
desires that the slump of the concrete be checked. If
these slumps vary from the range specified above, the
mixer or agitator shall not be used unless the
condition is corrected.
Mixers and agitators shall be examined daily for
changes in condition due to the accumulation of hard
concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pick-up and
throw -over blades shall be replaced when any part or
section is worn one inch or more below the original
height of the manufacturer's design. A copy of the
manufacturer's design, showing dimensions and
arrangements of blades, shall be available.
The concrete when discharged shall be of the
consistency and workability required for the job. The
rate of discharge shall be controlled by the speed of
rotation of drums in the discharge direction with the
discharge gate fully open. If additional mixing water
is required to maintain the specified slump and is
added with the permission of the Engineer, a minimum of
2O revolutions of the truck mixer drum at mixing speed
shall be required before discharge of any concrete.
• When approved in writing by the Engineer, central -mixed
concrete which is designed for the purpose may be
transported in approved non -agitating equipment.
Bodies of this equipment shall be smooth, water -tight,
metal containers, equipped with gates that will permit
control of the discharge of the concrete. Covers shall
be provided for protection against the weather. The
concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work in
a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and discharged
with a satisfactory degree of uniformity. Placement in
forms shall be completed within 3O minutes after
introduction of the mixing water to the cement and
aggregates.
If the concrete furnished produces erratic results
under the field conditions, or in regard to strength of
the finished product as shown by beams or cylinder
tests or in the time of initial or final set, the
Contractor shall, without notice from the Engineer,
cease the use of ready mixed concrete until such
corrections in procedure are made as to insure work of
a quality satisfactory to the Engineer.
The organization supplying concrete shall have
• sufficient plant capacity and transporting apparatus to
insure continuous delivery at the rate required. The
TS -301-13
CCYiG,,..
,,. r. c+5 0
CRAFfe!: T! "_L & ASSCCIATES. INC.
• rate of delivery of concrete during concreting
operations shall be such as to provide for the proper
handling, placing and finishing of the concrete. The
rate shall be such that a minimum of 20 cubic yards per
hour are placed and the interval between batches shall
not exceed 20 minutes. The methods of delivering and
handling the concrete shall be such as will facilitate
placing with the minimum of rehandling and without
damage to the structure or the concrete.
D. Hand Mixing;
When hand mixing is authorized it shall be done on a
watertight platform and in such a manner as to insure a
uniform distribution of the materials throughout the
mass. Mixing shall be continued until a homogenous
mixture of the required consistency is obtained.
E. Retempering:
The concrete shall be mixed only in such quantities as
are required for immediate use and any which has
developed initial set shall not be used. Concrete
which has partially, hardened shall not be retempered
or remixed.
• 301-2.8 HANDLING AND PLACING CONCRETE:
In preparation for the placing of concrete, sawdust,
chips, and other construction debris and extraneous
matter shall be removed from the interior of forms.
Struts, stays and braces, serving temporarily to hold
the forms incorrect shape and alignment, pending the
placing of concrete at their locations, shall be
removed when the concrete placing has reached an
elevation rendering their service unnecessary. These
temporary members shall be entirely removed from the
forms and not buried in the concrete.
All concrete shall be placed before it has taken its
initial set. When the temperature of the air at the
pouring site is 85°F and rising an approved retarding
agent shall be required in all concrete used in bridge
superstructure. A retarding agent will not be required
in concrete used to pour bridge deck curb, parapet,
railing, posts, sidewalks or median treatment provided
they are not poured monolithically with the deck
itself. When the internal temperature of the plastic
concrete reaches 85°F, the Contractor shall take the
necessary precautions to insure that the temperature of
succeeding batches does not exceed 90°F. The method
used to control the concrete temperature shall be
TS -301-14
COFYF.1G �' O '.99O
04&FTCN. TOLL S AS5CCiATE . iNC.
• approved in writing by the Engineer. The temperature
of the plastic concrete shall be taken immediately
prior to it being deposited in the forms by a
thermometer inserted to a depth consistent with the
capabilities of the thermometer being used to obtain a
true reading. Prior to beginning the pour, the
Contractor shall insure that sufficient materials,
labor and equipment are available during the pour to
implement the previously approved cooling process.
For other structural concrete the temperature of the
plastic concrete shall be effectively controlled to
prevent any significant damage to the work due to
excessive internal heat.
Concrete shall be placed so as to avoid segregation of
the materials and the displacement of the
reinforcement. The use of long troughs, chutes and
pipes for conveying the concrete from the mixer to the
forms will be permitted only on written authorization
from the Engineer. In case an inferior quality of
concrete is produced by the use of such conveyors, the
Engineer may order discontinuance of their use and the
substitution of a satisfactory method of placing.
• Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal or metal
lined. Where steep slopes are required, the chutes
shall be equipped with baffles or be in short lengths
that reverse the direction of movement. Aluminum
chutes, troughs and pipes shall not be used for
depositing concrete.
Chutes troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free
from coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly
flushing with water after each run. Water used for
flushing shall be discharged clear of the structure.
When placing operations would involve dropping the
concrete more than 5 feet, it shall be deposited
through sheet metal or other approved pipes. As far as
practicable, the pipes shall be kept full of concrete
during placing and their lower ends shall be kept
buried in the newly placed concrete. After initial set
of the concrete the forms shall not be jarred and no
strain shall be placed on the ends of reinforcing bars
which project.
All concrete, except seal concrete, during and
immediately after depositing shall be thoroughly
consolidated. This shall be accomplished by mechanical
• vibration subject to the following provisions:
TS -301-15
COPYnGHT O 0990
CR&FTON. TILL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
• A. The vibration shall be internal unless special
authorization of other methods is given by the Engineer
or as provided herein.
B. Vibrators shall be of a type and design approved by the
Engineer. They shall be capable of transmitting
vibration to the concrete at frequencies of not less
than 4500 impulses per minute.
C. The intensity of vibration shall be such as to visibly
affect a mass of concrete of 1 -inch slump over a radius
of at least 18 inches.
D. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of
vibrators to properly compact each batch immediately
after it is placed in the forms, and shall have in
reserve at all times sufficient vibratory equipment to
guard against shut down of the work because of the
failure of the equipment in operation.
E. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to thoroughly work
the concrete around the reinforcement and imbedded
fixtures and into the corners and angles of the forms.
. Vibration shall be applied at the point of deposit and
in the area of freshly deposited concrete. The
vibrator shall be inserted and withdrawn out of the
concrete slowly. The vibration shall be of sufficient
duration and intensity to thoroughly consolidate the
concrete, but shall not be continued so as to cause
segregation. Vibration shall not be continued at any
one point to the extent that localized areas of grout
are formed.
Application of vibrators shall be at points uniformly
spaced and not further apart than twice the radius over
which the vibration is visibly effective.
F. Vibration shall not be applied directly or through the
reinforcement to sections or layers of concrete which
have hardened to the degree that the concrete ceases to
be plastic under vibration. It shall not be used to
make concrete flow in the forms over distances so great
as to cause segregation, and vibrators shall not be
used to transport concrete in the forms.
G. Vibration shall be supplemented by such spading as is
necessary to insure smooth surfaces and dense concrete
along form surfaces and in corners and locations
impossible to reach with the vibrators.
•
TS -301-16
C OPYn G i7 1920
CaA'' N. %'LL & A.S90CIATEs. INC.
• H. The provisions of this article shall apply to precast
piling, concrete cribbing and other precast members
except that, if approved by the Engineer, the
manufacture's methods of vibration may be used.
Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers not more
than 12 inches thick except as hereinafter provided.
When less than a complete layer is placed in one
operation, it shall be terminated in a vertical
bulkhead. Each layer shall be placed and consolidated
before the preceding batch has taken initial set to
prevent injury to the green concrete and avoid surfaces
of separation between the batches. Each layer shall be
consolidated so as to avoid the formation of a
construction joint with a preceding layer which has not
taken initial set.
When the placing of concrete is temporarily
discontinued, the concrete, after becoming firm enough
to retain its form, shall be cleaned of laitance and
other objectionable material to a sufficient depth to
expose sound concrete. To avoid visible joints as far
as possible upon exposed faces, the top surface of the
concrete adjacent to the forms shall be smoothed with a
trowel. Where a "feather edge" might be produced at a
• construction joint, as in the sloped top surface of a
wing wall, an inset form shall be used to produce a
blocked out portion in the preceding layer which shall
produce an edge thickness of not less than 6 inches in
the succeeding layer. Work shall not be discontinued
within 18 inches of the top of any face, unless
provision has been made for a coping less than 18
inches thick, in which case, if permitted by the
Engineer, the construction joint may be made at the
under side of the coping.
Immediately following the discontinuance of placing
concrete accumulations of mortar splashed upon the
reinforcing steel and the surfaces of forms shall be
removed. Dried mortar chips and dust shall not be
puddled into the concrete. If the accumulations are
not removed prior to the concrete becoming set, care
shall be exercised not to damage or break the concrete
steel bond at and near the surface of the concrete
while cleaning reinforcing steel.
301-2.9 PUMPING:
Placement of concrete by pumping will be permitted only
if specified in the special provisions or if authorized
• by the Engineer. The equipment shall be so arranged
TS -301-17
F?`: ?U d r•.S 00 !ATES. INC.
. that no vibrations result which might damage freshly
placed concrete.
The Contractor will be permitted to furnish coarse
aggregate for concrete which is to be pumped in a size
smaller than that specified for the appropriate class
in subsection 301-2.4 provided that a suitable mix can
be produced which will conform to the minimum
compressive strength requirement for the class
specified.
Where concrete is conveyed and placed by mechanically
applied pressure the equipment shall be suitable in
kind and adequate in capacity for the work. The
operation of the pump shall be such that a continuous
stream of concrete without air pockets is produced.
When pumping is completed, the concrete remaining in
the pipe -line, if it is to be used, shall be ejected in
such a manner that there will be no contamination of
the concrete or separation of the ingredients. After
this operation, the entire equipment shall be
thoroughly cleaned.
Concrete for slump and air content requirements shall
• be obtained at the discharge end.
When placement of concrete by pumping is allowed, the
use of aluminum pipe as a conveyance for the concrete
will not be permitted.
301-2.10 DEPOSITING CONCRETE UNDER WATER:
Concrete shall not be deposited in water except with
the approval of the Engineer and under his immediate
supervision; and in this case the method of placing
shall be as hereinafter designated.
Concrete deposited in water shall be Seal Concrete. To
prevent segregation, it shall be carefully placed in a
compact mass, in its final position, by means of a
tremie, pumping or other approved method and shall not
be disturbed after being deposited. Still water shall
be maintained at the point of deposit and the forms
under water shall be water -tight.
For parts of structures under water, when possible,
concrete seals shall be placed continuously from start
to finish. The surface of the concrete shall be kept a
nearly horizontal as practicable. To insure thorough
bonding, each succeeding layer of seal shall be placed
before the preceding layer has taken initial set.
TS -301-16
COPYRIGHT ^ 1?
:7AH'TO4. PULL 6 A55OC,A-=3. IvC.
• A tremie shall consist of a tube having a diameter of
not less than 10 inches, constructed in sections having
flanged couplings fitted with gaskets. The tremies
shall be supported so as to permit free movement of the
discharge end over the entire top surface of the work
and so as to permit rapid lowering when necessary to
retard or stop the flow of concrete. The discharge end
shall be closed at the start of work so as to prevent
water entering the tube and shall be entirely sealed.
The tremie tube shall be kept full to the bottom of the
hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the
flow of concrete shall be induced by slightly raising
the discharge end, always keeping in the deposited
concrete. The flow shall be continuous until the work
i.s completed. Aluminum tremies will not be permitted.
Depositing concrete by the pumping method shall conform
to the following specification. The discharge end of
the pipe shall be closed and sealed at the start of the
work to prevent water entering the pipe.
The pipe shall be filled with concrete and lowered to
the bottom of the form. The end of the pipe shall be
opened and concrete shall be pumped out while keeping
• the end of the pipe in the deposited concrete. The
pipe shall be maintained in the deposited concrete and
pumping shall be continuous until the work is completed
and fresh concrete is overflowing the forms with no
free water on the surface of the concrete.
Cofferdoms or forms shall be sufficiently tight to
reduce the flow or current of water to less than 10
feet per minute through the space to be concreted with
tremies. Pumping of water is not permitted while
concrete is being placed, nor until 24 hours
thereafter.
Concrete shall not be placed in water having a
temperature below 35°F when the water temperature is
below 45°F, the temperature of the concrete when
deposited should be between 600 and 80°F.
301-2.11 FORMS:
In all cases, forms shall comply with the following
requirements:
A. All forms shall be of wood, metal, or other approved
material and shall be built mortar -tight and of
• sufficient rigidity to prevent distortion due to the
pressure of the concrete and other loads incident to
T5-301-19
• the construction operations. Forms shall be
constructed and maintained so as to prevent warping and
the opening of joints due to shrinkage.
B. The forms shall be substantial and unyielding and shall
be so designed that the finished concrete will conform
to the proper dimensions and contours. The design of
the forms shall take into account the effect of
vibration of concrete as it is placed.
C. Timber forms for exposed surfaces shall be made of
dressed lumber of uniform thickness with or without a
form liner of an approved type, and mortar -tight. All
forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and shall
be given a bevel or draft in the case of all
projections, such as girders and copings, to insure
easy removal.
D. Metal ties or anchorages within the forms shall be so
constructed as to permit their removal to a depth of at
least two (2) inches from the face without injury to
the concrete. In case ordinary wire ties are
permitted, all wires, upon removal of the forms, shall
be cut back at least 1/4 inch from the face of the
concrete with chisels or nippers; for green concrete,
• nippers are necessary. All fittings for metal ties
shall be of such design that, upon their removal, the
cavities which are left will be of the smallest
possible size. The cavities shall be filled with
cement mortar and the surface left sound, smooth, even
and uniform in color.
E. All forms shall be set and maintained true to the line
designated until the concrete is sufficiently hardened.
Forms shall remain in place for periods which shall be
determined by the Engineer. When forms appear to be
unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during the
placing of concrete, the Engineer shall order the work
stopped until the defects have been corrected.
F. The shape, strength, rigidity, water -tightness and
surface smoothness of re -used forms shall be maintained
equal to new forms at all times. Any warped or bulged
lumber must be re -sized before being re -used. Forms
which are unsatisfactory in any respect shall not be
re -used.
G. For narrow walls and columns, when the bottom of the
forms is inaccessible the lower form boards shall be
built so that they may be removed for cleaning out
• extraneous material immediately before placing the
concrete.
TS -301-20
V'YL /'.IVl `' .co
- y�
cckrToc. It;'�%., .l S �.�'-.-':.. L"JC.
H. All forms shall be treated with oil or saturated with
water immediately before placing the concrete. For
rail members or other members with exposed faces, the
forms shall be treated with an approved oil to prevent
the adherence of concrete. Any material which will
adhere to or discolor the concrete shall not be used.
301-3.1 FINISHING AND CURING:
All exposed surfaces not protected by forms shall be
struck off and finished to a true and even surface.
The use of additional mortar to provide a grout finish
will not be permitted. Face forms shall be removed as
soon as practicable, in order to facilitate finishing
the concrete surfaces. Care shall be taken to avoid
roughening or injuring corners, and to keep all edges
sharp. Immediately after the forms are removed, any
fins or other projections shall be carefully removed,
rough spots in the faces of the walls and broken
corners or edges shall be repaired and all bolt holes
shall be plugged and entirely filled with mortar
containing one part by volume of cement and two parts
by volume of sand screened over a No. 8 screen.
Pointing shall be brought smooth with the surface by
• means of a wooden float. A steel trowel shall not be
used to finish the surface. Plastering will not be
permitted.
All concrete which, upon removal of the forms, is found
to be porous or "honey -combed" shall be immediately cut
out and removed entirely from the body of the concrete.
The parts removed shall extend not less than one inch
Cl") back of the reinforcement steel where such steel
is present in the concrete face which is being
repaired, removing sound concrete, if necessary, to
obtain this depth. If reinforcement steel is not
present, the parts removed shall extend into the
concrete not less than three inches (3") and the
opening dovetailed in such a manner that the new
concrete filling will be securely anchored. In
replacing concrete so removed, forms shall be built
with a spout or hopper outside the concrete surface,
which shall be filled with fresh concrete to a point
not less than twelve inches (12") above the top of the
hole caused by removing the porous concrete.
Concrete
covering
material
Regardle
shall be
not protected by form work shall be cured by
with burlap, sand, earth, or other suitable
approved by the Engineer, or by ponding.
ss of the form of curing used, the covering
placed as soon as practicable after the
TS -301-21
COPYRIGHTS !S?�
CRAFTON. TULL & ASSCCtATE$. INC.
• concrete has obtained its final set. The curing shall
cover a seven day period dating from the time the
concrete is deposited, and the covering shall be kept
saturated throughout the entire period.
301-3.2
ACCEPTANCE OF NON -SPECIFICATION MATERIALS:
The following provides for corrective actions to be
taken and/or provisions for accepting a Project when
test results indicate non -specification materials or
workmanship have been incorporated into the project.
Any penalties which are assessed shall be paid to the
Owner by the Contractor before a Project will be
accepted by the Owner.
Structural Concrete Strength:
The average 28 day compressive strength of the two (2)
cylinders of a set shall be at least 3000 psi. If the
average strength is lower, the following penalties
shall be assessed.
2750 psi to 2999 psi - 57. of the cost of the
in
place material.
2500 psi
to 2749 psi
- 107.
of the cost of the
•
in
place material.
2250 psi
to 2499 psi
- 207.
of the cost of the
in
place material.
2000 psi
to 2249 psi
- 407.
of the cost of the
in
place material.
301-4.1
Below 2000 psi - Remove and Replace.
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Short Title
None
Material and Short Title
AASHTO
T
11 -
Gradation
AASHTO
T
22
AASHTO
T
23
AASHTO
T
26
AASHTO
T
27 -
Gradation
AASHTO
T
104
- Sodium Sulfate
Soundness
AASHTO T 113
AASHTO T 119
AASHTO T 126
AASHTO T 152
• AASHTO T 154
AASHTO M 194
TS -301-22
COPYRIGHT C •.ISO
i:1APON. TULL i ASSGGATES, 2JC.
• DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
ITEM 302 REINFORCING STEEL
302-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
Under this item reinforcing steel and miscellaneous
metallic material of the quality, type, size, and
quantity designated, shall be furnished and placed in
concrete structures in accordance with these
Specifications and in conformity with the details shown
on the Plans.
302-2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Bar Reinforcement:
Reinforcing steel bars shall meet the requirements of
the A.S.T.M. Tentative specifications for Minimum
Requirements for the Deformations of Deformed Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, A 305-50 T, made from
open hearth steel of structural or intermediate grade.
• When deformed
must be such
equivalent to
equal nominal
work will not
B. Steel Fabric:
bars are specified, the form of the bar
as to provide a net section at all points
that of a plain square or round bar of
size. The use of twisted bars in the
be permitted.
Steel fabric for this type of reinforcement shall be
fabricated in the form of mats and shall be
electrically welded at all joints. The members forming
the mat or fabric shall be made from open hearth steel
of structural or intermediate grade and may consist
either of plain bars or cold drawn steel wire and shall
meet the requirements of the current A.S.T.M. standards
of Billet Steel Concrete Reinforcement Bars or cold
drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement.
Tests shall be made following the welding process and
the finished mat or fabric shall be free from defects
in workmanship, whether occurring through welding or
otherwise. The welding process shall be so conducted
that the bar or wire at the point of weld will meet the
same tensile strength requirements as specified prior
to the welding, in testing the finished fabric for
tensile requirements, the weld shall be placed midway
• between the grips, and the fracture shall not occur
TS -302-1
CCbYRK4TC 1?y0
CaAJT04. 'l.1. & ASJOCIA?ES. INC.
• within one inch (1") of either end of the gauge length
as indicated by scribing scratch marks on the specimen
one inch (1") from each end of the gauge length before
testing. The minimum allowable elongation shall not be
less than 807.. of the elongation specified in the
current A.S.T.M. standards for Billet Steel Concrete
Reinforcement Bars. The bar or wire at the paint of
weld shall be free from defects such as brittleness or
softness and shall withstand a bend test both with and
against the weld of 1800 around a pin whose diameter is
equal to four times the diameter of the test specimen.
302-2.2 FABRICATION:
Bent bar reinforcement shall be cold bent to the shapes
shown on the Plans, and unless otherwise provided on
the Plans or by authorization, bends shall be made in
accordance with the following requirements;
Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having
a diameter not less than three times the minimum
thickness of the bar. Bends for other bars shall be
made around a pin having a diameter not less than six
(6) times the minimum thickness except for bars larger
than one inch Cl"), in which case the bends shall be
• made around a pin of eight (8) bar diameters.
Bar reinforcement shall be shipped in standard bundles,
tagged and marked in accordance with the Code of
Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel
Institute.
3302-3.1 PLACING AND FASTENING:
Placing and fastening of reinforcing bars in concrete
shall be in accordance with accepted current practices
as recommended by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel
Institute.
All steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in
the positions shown on the Plans and firmly held during
the placing and setting of concrete. When placed in
the work it shall be free from dirt, detrimental rust,
loose scale, paint, oil, or other foreign material.
Bars shall be tied at all intersections except where
spacing is less than one foot (1') in each direction
then alternate intersections shall be tied.
Distances from the forms shall be maintained by means
of stays, block, ties, hangers, or other approved
supports, except that reinforcing in super -structure
• shall be supported by approved metal chairs and bar
TS -•_A2-2
Cr?YI^�'.1 t.7:-
2&FTv'J. YULE & ASSOC.ATES. INC.
• supports. Blocks for holding reinforcement from
contact with the forms shall be precast mortar blocks
of approved shape and dimensions or approved metal
chairs. Metal chairs which are in contact with the
exterior surface of the concrete shall be galvanized.
Layers of bars shall be separated by metal bar supports
or by other equally suitable devices. The use of
pebbles pieces of broken stone or brick, metal pipe and
wooden blocks shall not be permitted. Reinforcement in
any member shall be placed and then inspected and
approved by the Engineer before the placing of concrete
begins. Concrete placed in violation of this provision
may be rejected and removal required.
If fabric reinforcement is shipped in rolls, it shall
be straightened into flat sheets before placing.
302-3.2 SPLICING AND LAPPING;
All reinforcement shall be furnished in the full
lengths indicated on the Plans. Splicing of bars,
except where shown an the Plans, will not be permitted
without the written approval of the Engineer. Splices
shall be staggered as far apart as possible.
. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, bars shall be
lapped 40 diameters to make the splice. In lapped
splices, the bars shall be placed in contact and wired
together in such a manner as to maintain the minimum
distance to the surface of the concrete shown on the
Plans.
Sheets of mesh or bar mat reinforcement shall overlap
each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength
and shall be securely fastened at the end and edges.
The edge lap shall not be less than one mesh in width.
302-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Material Material and Short Title
None A.S.T.M. A-305-50 T,
Deformation
0
TS -302-3
I.
^::'' .
CRAF7GN. BULL!. A5$OC ' S. QJC.
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
ITEM 303 CONCRETE STREET CONSTRUCTION
303-1.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS:
A. Description:
The work shall consist of a pavement composed of
Portland Cement concrete constructed on a prepared
subgrade in accordance with these specifications and in
reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades,
thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown in the
plans or established by the Engineer.
B. Intent of Contract:
The contract is to provide for the construction and
completion in every detail of the work described.
Bidder is expected to examine carefully the site of the
work and all documents pertaining to its construction
in order to verify the work conditions and requirements
established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
• furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools,
transportation, and supplies required to complete the
work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and
terms of the contract.
C. Authority of the Engineer:
The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise
as to quality and acceptability of materials furnished,
manner of performance and progress of the work,
interpretation of specifications or plans relating to
the work, and acceptable fulfillment of the contract by
the Contractor. Suspension of the work may be ordered
by the Engineer if deemed to be in the public interest.
D. Barricades and Warning Signs:
The Contractor shall provide, erect, and maintain all
necessary barricades, suitable and sufficient lights,
danger signals, signs, and other traffic control
devices. He shall take all necessary precautions to
protect the work and to safeguard the public. Streets
closed to traffic shall be protected by effective
barricades, and obstructions shall be illuminated
during hours of darkness. Suitable warning signs shall
be provided to control and direct traffic properly.
This control shall meet the requirement of the Federal
TS -303-1
COPYRIG^T C 1P90
t AfyN. TILL & A590C ATE8. INC.
• Highway Administration Manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices.
E. Protection and Restoration of Property and Landscapes
The Contractor shall be responsible for preserving all
public and private property. He shall protect from
disturbance or damage all land monuments and property
marks until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise
referenced their location.
During the prosecution of the work, the Contractor
shall be responsible for all damage or injury to any
property that results from any act, omission, neglect,
or misconduct in his execution of the work. He shall
be responsible for all damage or injury due to
defective work or materials. Repair or replacement of
damaged or injured property shall be at the
Contractor's expense and shall be similar or equal to
that existing before such damage or injury occurred.
F. Construction Stakes, Lines, and Grades:
The Engineer shall set construction stakes establishing
lines and grades for street work and for structures; he
• shall stake out the centerline and furnish such bench
marks as may be necessary to lay out the work
correctly. The Contractor shall maintain these lines,
grades, and bench marks and use them to lay out the
work he is to perform under this contract.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing not
less than five days before stakes are required. No
claims shall be made because of delays if the
Contractor fails to give such notice.
The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes and
bench marks. If such stakes and bench marks become
damaged, lost, displaced, or removed by the Contractor,
they shall be reset at his expense.
G. Equipment:
Design capacity, and mechanical condition of equipment
and tools necessary for handling materials and
performing all parts of the work shall be approved by
the Engineer. Equipment shall be at the jobsite
sufficiently ahead of the start of construction
operations to be examined thoroughly and approved.
Measurement and batching of cement, and fine and coarse
aggregates shall be by weight. Scales shall be
inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer may deem
TS -303
COPYP ,HT O 4990
CFAFTC?J. TULL d ASSCC4ATES. !NC.
• necessary to assure their continued accuracy. The
Contractor shall have on hand all equipment necessary
to test scales frequently and accurately.
H. Special Provisions:
Any work not covered in these specifications shall be
detailed by special provisions or shall be accomplished
according to current standards and specifications of
the state or provincial highway department.
303-2.0 SITE WORK:
A. Clearing:
All surface objects and all trees, stumps, roots, and
other protruding obstructions not designated to remain
shall be cleared and grubbed as required. Undisturbed
stumps and roots and non-perishable solid objects that
will be a minimum of 18 inches below subgrade or slope
of embankments shall be excepted. Topsoil shall be
excavated and stockpiled for use in backfilling behind
curbs.
B. Excavation:
• Substances encountered within the limits of the project
shall be excavated to the lines and grades indicated on
the drawings. All excavation shall be accomplished in
such a manner as to allow adequate drainage. All
suitable material removed from the excavations shall be
used for embankments, backfilling, and such other
purposes as directed. If material encountered within
the limits of the work is considered unsuitable, it
shall be excavated and replaced with suitable material.
All unsuitable material and any excavated material not
required for embankments shall be disposed of by the
Contractor.
C. Embankment:
Embankments shall be constructed by placing and
compacting materials of acceptable quality following
the lines, grades, and cross sections shown in the
plans. Before any embankment is placed, all trees,
sod, and topsoil over the entire area shall be cleared.
Each layer of embankment material shall not exceed 6
inches in compacted depth. It shall be disked
TS -303-3
CO?1'RIr,,HT c 19X
CRAFTON. TULL & AS9✓c:<TrS. iiv'..
• sufficiently to break down oversized clods and
thoroughly mix all materials. Each layer shall be
uniformly compacted at optimum moisture by railer or
vibratory equipment suitable for the type of material
encountered.
D. Borrow:
Borrow shall consist of approved material required for
construction embankments or for other portions of the
work, and shall be obtained from approved sources.
Unless otherwise designated in the contract, the
Contractor shall obtain borrow and shall pay all costs
involved.
303-3.0 MATERIALS:
A. Concrete:
Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement,
aggregates, and water. Air entrainment shall be
provided with air -entraining agent.
B. Portland Cement:
• Portland Cement shall conform to the following
specifications for the type specified or permitted:
0
TYPE
Portland Cement
Blended hydraulic
cements (excluding
slag cements S and SA)
SPECIFICATION
AASHTO M 240, ASTM C595
The cement used in the work shall correspond to that on
which selection of concrete proportions was based.
When types IV, V, P or PA cements are used, proper
recognition shall be given to the effects of slower
strength gain and lower heat of hydration on concrete
proportioning and construction practices.
Proper recognition shall be given to changes in the
properties of concrete if fly ash or other pozzolans
are used as admixtures, resulting in dilution of the
Portland Cement component in concrete that is made with
blended hydraulic cements.
TS -303-4
V Vrlrtrinl :. 7GYJ
_'.,i ii ON. TILLSAS:ciC!%.;ES.INC.
The Contractor shall provide suitable means for storing
and protecting the cement against dampness. Cement
that for any reason has become partially set or that
contains lumps or caked cement shall be rejected.
C. Aggregates:
Fine aggregate for concrete shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M6 or CSA A23.1. Coarse
aggregate for concrete shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M 80 or CSA A23.1.
D. Water:
Water used in mixing or curing shall be reasonably
clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar,
vegetable matter, or other substance injurious to the
finished product. Water shall be tested in accordance
with, and shall meet the requirements of, AASHTO T 26
or CSA A23.1. Water known to be potable may be used
without tests.
E. Admixtures:
• No admixtures shall be used in the concrete without
prior approval, and all approved admixtures shall
conform to applicable AASHTO, ASTM, and CSA
requirements.
Air -entraining agents shall have proven compatibility
with all local concrete materials, including cement,
and shall be capable of providing in the concrete the
required air contents and an air -void system known to
produce durable, scale -resistant concrete.
Admixtures other than air -entraining agents shall not
be used until trial mixes with job materials have shown
them to be compatible at job temperatures. Trial mixes
must also show that desired properties will be imparted
to the fresh concrete without any subsequent loss of
strength or durability in the hardened concrete.
F. Steel:
Deformed bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A615, A616, or A617; or CSA 630.12, 630.8. Deformed
billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 40, or
to CSA 630.12, Grade 40, shall be used for tiebars that
are to be bent and re -straightened during construction.
•
TS -303-5
COP.
=•f GN. TVr L & ASSOCIATES. In.
• Dowel bars shall be plain round bars conforming to ASTM
A615 or ASA 630.12 and shall be free from deformations
restricting slippage in the concrete. Before delivery
to the worksite, one-half the length of each dowel bar
shall be painted with one coat of lead or tar paint.
Sleeves for dowel bars to be used in expansion joints
shall be metal of an approved design to cover 2 inches,
plus or minus 1 inch, of the dowel, with a closed end
and with a suitable stop to hold the end of the sleeve
at least 1 inch from the end of the dowel bar. Sleeves
shall be designed so that they do not collapse during
construction.
G. Joint Materials:
Poured sealer for joints shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M 173 or ASTM D 1190. Other
types approved by the Engineer may be used.
•
Preformed fillers for joints shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M 33 or M 213; ASTM D 994 or D
1751 as specified, and shall be punched to admit dowels
where called for in the plans. The filler for each
joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full
depth and width required for the joint unless otherwise
authorized by the Engineer. When the use of more than
one piece is authorized for a joint, the abutting ends
shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape
by stapling or other positive fastening satisfactory to
the Engineer.
H. Curing Materials:
Curing materials shall conform to the following
specifications:
TYPE
Burlap cloth made from jute
or Kenaf
White liquid membrane -forming
compounds for curing concrete
Sheet materials for curing
concrete
TS -303-6
SPECIFICATIONS
AASHTO M 182
AASHTO M 148,
ASTM C 309,
CGSB 90 -GP -la
AASHTO M 171,
ASTM C 171
COPYRIGHT
r a,&(TO4. TLSL 0 ASS
• 303-3.1 MANUFACTURING METHODS:
A. Proportioning:
The cement content shall be not less than 564 lb. per
cubic yard of concrete and the water -cement ratio by
weight shall not exceed 0.53. The slump shall be
adjusted to between 1 and 3 inches.
The concrete shall contain the following percentages of
entrained air:
Maximum Size of coarse Air Content
aggregate (inches) X by volume
1-1/2 5 +1
3/4, 1 6 +1
3/8, 1/2 7-1/2 +1
After the materials have been accepted, the Engineer
shall determine the proportions, including the amount
of air -entraining agent, if one is used, necessary to
produce concrete of the required plasticity and
workability.
• Any jobsite adjustments that may be necessary shall be
ordered by the Engineer.
If it becomes impossible to obtain concrete of the
desired plasticity and workability with the proportions
originally designated, the Engineer shall change
aggregate weights as required, maintaining the cement
content originally designated. No change in the
sources or character of the materials shall be made
without due notice to the Engineer.
Slumps shall be determined by 'AASHTO T 119, ASTM C
143, or CSA A23.20; and air content by AASHTO T 152,
ASTM C 231, or CSA A23.19 for gravel and stone coarse
aggregate and AASHTO T 196, ASTM C 173 or CSA A23.2.18
for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. A
chace indicator may be used to determine the
approximate air content in accordance with AASHTO T 199
and to indicate the need for checks by one of the above
methods.
The Contractor shall furnish the concrete necessary for
casting test beams and cylinders, if required by
Engineer.
TS -303-7
COFyq; ; ' - 1 3
CflF.FTOtJ TLLL
0
•
L�
Test specimens shall be made, cured, and tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 22, ASTM C 39, or CSA
A23.2.13; and AASHTO T 23, ASTM C 31, or CSA 423.2.14;
and AASHTO T 97, ASTM C 78, or CSA A23.2.15. Cement
content shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T
121 and ASTM C 138.
B. Mixing Equipment:
1. General:
Concrete may be mixed at the site of construction
or at a central point or wholly or in part in
truck mixers. Each mixer shall be of an approved
type and shall have attached prominently a
manufacturer's plate showing the capacity of the
drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the
speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades.
2. Mixers at Site of Construction:
Mixing shall be done in an approved mixer capable
of combining aggregates, cement, and water into a
thoroughly mixed and uniform mass within the
specified mixing period and capable of discharging
the mixture without segregation. The mixer shall
be equipped with an approved timing device that
will automatically lack the discharge lever when
the drum has been charged and release it at the
end of the mixing period. The device shall be
equipped with a bell or other suitable warning
device adjusted to give a clearly audible signal
each time the lock is released. If the timing
device fails, the mixer may be used for the
balance of the day while the timer is being
repaired provided that each batch is mixed 90
seconds.
3. Truck Mixers and Truck Agitators:
Truck mixers used far mixing and hauling concrete
and truck agitators used for hauling central -mixed
concrete shall conform to the requirements of
AASHTO M 157 or CSA A23.1.
4. Non -agitator Trucks:
Bodies of non -agitating hauling equipment for
concrete shall be smooth, mortar tight, metal
containers capable of discharging the concrete at
a satisfactory controlled rate without
TS -303-8
C.:w?Y nitihT � 5y3J
-SA^OV. aLL S ASo:!'It.Tc5. INC.
• segregation. Covers shall be provided when needed
for protection.
C. Handling, Measuring, and Batching Materials:
Aggregate shall be handled from stockpiles or other
sources to the batching plant in such manner as to
secure a uniform grading of the material. Aggregates
that have become segregated or mixed with earth or
foreign material shall not be used. Aggregates that
contain high and nonuniform moisture content shall be
stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours
before being batched.
The fine aggregate and each size
shall be separately weighed in t
Engineer in the job mix. Cement
weight. Batches may be rejected
1/2 hours after the cement comes
aggregates.
of coarse aggregate
he amounts set by the
shall be measured by
unless mixed within t-
in contact with the
Batches shall be delivered to the mixer separate and
intact, without loss of cement and without spilling of
material from one batch into another. Batching shall
be so conducted as to result in the weights of each
material required within a tolerance of 17. for cement
and 27. for aggregates.
Water may be measured either by volume or by weight.
The accuracy of measuring the water shall be within a
range of error of not over 1%. Unless the water is to
be weighed, the water -measuring equipment shall include
an auxiliary tank from which the measuring tank shall
be filled. The measuring tank shall be equipped with
an outside tap and valve for checking the setting
unless other means are provided for readily and
accurately determining the amount of water in the tank.
The volume of the auxiliary tank shall at least equal
that of the measuring tank.
Methods and equipment for adding an air -entrainment
agent or other admixtures to the batch shall be
approved by the Engineer. All admixtures shall be
measured into the mixer with an accuracy of plus or
minus 3%.
D. Mixing Concrete:
Mixing time shall be measured from the time all
materials, except water, are in the drum. Ready mixed
concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance
with requirements of AASHTO M 157 or GSA A23.1.
TS -303-9
CRAF-Ow. TL4L & X59=C�A TES. iNJ.
SWhen mixed at the site of the work or in a central
mixing plant, the mixing time shall not be less than 50
nor more than 90 seconds, which includes transfer time
in multiple -drum mixers. Mixing time ends when the
discharge chute opens. The contents of an individual
mixer drum shall be removed before a succeeding batch
is emptied therein.
The approved mixer shall be operated at the drum speed
on the manufacturer's nameplate. Any concrete mixed
less than the specified time shall be discarded and
disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. The
batch shall be so charged into the drum that a portion
of the mixing water shall enter in advance of the
cement and aggregates. The flow of water shall be
uniform, and all water shall be in the drum by the end
of the first 15 seconds of the mixing period. The
throat of the drum shall be kept free of accumulations
that may restrict the free flow of materials into the
drum.
Mixed concrete from a central mixing plant shall be
transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or non -
agitating trucks having special bodies. When the
concrete is hauled in non -agitating trucks, no more
• than 45 minutes shall elapse from the time water is
added to the mix until the concrete is deposited in
place at the site of the work. When it is hauled in
truck mixers or truck agitators, the limit shall be 90
minutes. Retempering concrete by adding water or by
other means shall not be permitted. Concrete that is
unsuitable for placement as delivered shall be
rejected.
303-4.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
The bottom of the excavation or top of the fill shall
be known as the pavement subgrade and shall conform to
the lines grade, and cross sections shown in the plans.
All soft and yielding material and portions of the
subgrade that will not compact readily when rolled or
tamped shall be removed and replaced with suitable
material.
The subgrade shall be brought to a firm and unyielding
condition by compacting it to uniform density at or
slightly above standard optimum moisture.
All utility trenches and structure excavations shall be
backfilled to natural or finished grade with soils like
TS -303-10
-^AF-p'; ': _. t c 9CC :RTES. it c.
• those surrounding the trench as soon as conditions
permit. All backfill shall be compacted with
mechanical tampers in layers of not over 6 inches in
compacted thickness.
Concrete shall not be placed on a soft, spongy, frozen,
or otherwise unsuitable subgrade. The subgrade shall
be moist when the concrete is placed.
Before placing concrete, the subgrade shall be tested
for conformity with the cross section shown in the
plans. If necessary, material shall be removed or
added to bring all portions of the subgrade to the
correct elevation. It shall then be thoroughly
compacted and again tested.
303-4.1 FORMING:
A. General:
Forms shall be of such cross section and strength and
so secured as to resist the pressure of the concrete
when placed and the impact and vibration of any
equipment they support, without springing or
settlement. The method of connection between sections
• shall be such that the joints shall not move in any
direction. The maximum deviation of the top surface
shall not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet or the inside face
not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet from a straight line.
Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used
for curves of 100 feet radius or less. -
B. Setting Forms:
The subgrade under the forms shall be compacted and cut
to grade so that the form when set shall be uniformly
supported for its entire length at the specified
elevation. All forms shall be cleaned and oiled each
time they are used.
C. Grade and Alignment:
The Contractor shall check and correct alignment and
grade elevations of the forms immediately before
placing the concrete. When any form has been disturbed
or any grade has become unstable, the form shall be
reset and rechecked.
TS -303-11
CC?Y?;Vr41 C BY.
CPA7, V4. TULLE At?'Y''h ES.:\C.
• D. Curbs and Gutters as Forms:
In lieu of setting forms the edge of a previously
placed concrete gutter section may be used as a form.
See "Curbs" under Placing and Finishing.
303-4.2 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
The finished subgrade shall be kept smooth and
compacted until the concrete has been placed.
Subgrades must also meet the requirements of "Optional
Construction Methods" of these specifications if the
slipform method of construction is being employed.
Construction equipment may operate in the paving lane
when conditions of the job will not permit operation
from outside the lane. If equipment operating in the
paving lane causes rutting or displacement of the
subgrade material, lighter trucks or suitable runways
shall be provided. Trucks, onsite mixers, transit mix
trucks, and other heavy equipment shall not be used on
previously paved lanes until the concrete is at least
four days old and the field -cured concrete has a
flexural strength of 550 psi.
All excess concrete and debris shall be removed from
the excavation behind the curbline before backfilling.
The area between the curb and sidewalk, or property
line where no sidewalk exists, shall be graded in a
neat, workmanlike manner.
303-4.3 OPTIONAL CONSTRUCTION METHODS SLIPFORM PAVING:
Instead of using fixed forms, the Contractor may place
concrete with a slipform paver designed to spread,
consolidate, screed, and float -finish the freshly
placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine.
The slipform paver shall be operated with as nearly a
continuous forward movement as possible and all the
operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading
concrete shall be so coordinated as to provide uniform
progress with stopping of the pavr only at the end of
the days work. If late concrete delivery causes the
paver to stop it shall not be started until the next
day.
The subgrade and slipform paver track area shall be
brought to proper grade and cross section by means of a
properly designed and operated machine. Disturbed
subgrade shall be properly recompacted. If any traffic
•
TS -303-12
COPYn,GNT
R A: ; ON TULL & AS&3C!ATES.. MC.
is allowed to use the prepared subgrade, the grade
• shall be checked and corrected immediately ahead of
placing the concrete.
A. Placing and Finishing:
1. General:
The concrete shall be deposited on a moist grade
in such manner as to require as little rehandling
as possible. Placing shall be continuous between
transverse joints without the use of intermediate
bulkheads. Necessary hand spreading shall be done
with shovels, not rakes, workmen shall not be
allowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete with
boots or shoes coated with earth or foreign
substances.
Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated against
and along the faces of all forms and along the
full length and on both sides of all joint
assemblies. Vibrators shall not be permitted to
come in contact with a joint assembly, the grade,
or a side form. The vibrator shall never be
operated longer than 15 seconds in any one
. location.
Concrete shall be deposited as near to expansion
and contractor joints as possible without
disturbing them but shall not be dumped onto a
joint assembly.
2. Strikeoff, Consolidation and Finishing:
The sequence of operations shall be; strikeoff and
consolidation, floating if necessary,
straightedging, and final surface finish. The
pavement shall be struck off and consolidated with
a mechanical finishing machine, vibrating screed,
or by hand -finishing methods when approved by an
Engineer. A slipform paver may be used.
In general, adding water to the surface of the
concrete to assist in finishing operations shall
not be permitted. If it is permitted, it shall be
applied as a fog spray with approved spray
equipment.
After the pavement has been struck off and
consolidated, it shall be scraped with a
straightedge 10 feet long equipped with a handle
• to permit operation from the edge of the pavement.
TS -303-13
CC✓y9:wt ' ?�
^,�:; -•`J. TULL 3 ?.$;i(h;i47 5. INC.
Any excess water and laitance shall be removed
• from the surface of the pavement. The
straightedge shall be operated parallel to the
centerline of the pavement and shall be moved
forward one-half its length after each pass.
Irregularities shall be corrected by adding or
removing concrete. All disturbed places shall be
again straightedged. The use of long -handled wood
floats shall be confined to a minimum; they may be
used only in emergencies and in areas not
accessible in finishing equipment.
Before final finishing
concrete has taken its
the slab and curb shall
an edger of the radius
is completed
initial set,
be carefully
shown in the
and before the
the edges of
finished with
plans.
A burlap drag or broom shall be used for final
finishing. The burlap drag shall be at least 3
feet wide and long enough to cover entire pavement
width. It shall be kept clean and saturated while
in use. It shall be laid on the pavement surface
and dragged in the direction in which the pavement
is being placed. For a broom finish, stiff
bristled broom shall be drawn from the center to
• the edge of the pavement with adjacent strokes
slightly overlapping to produce surface
corrugations of uniform appearance and about 1/16
inch in depth.
3. Curbs:
Curbs shall be required along the edges of all
streets where shown in the plans and shall be
formed to the cross section in accordance with the
plans. Curbs, and curbs and gutters, may be
constructed integrally with the pavement using
slipform or extrusion equipment or placed
immediately after finishing operations by hand
forming or using face forms. They may be
constructed also as a separate operation before or
after pavement construction using forms, slipform,
or extrusion equipment. The edge of each gutter
of the curb and gutter section built first may be
used as a form in lieu of setting forms as
required under "Forming".
i
The curbs or curbs and gutters, shall be given a
textured finish to match the pavement.
TS -303-14
OopYR'3HT OI9
Cn&FTON. TULL &
• 4. Pavement Protection:
The Contractor shall have always available
materials to protect the surface of the plastic
concrete against rain. These materials shall
consist of burlap, curing paper, or plastic
sheeting. When slipform construction is being
used, materials such as wood planks or forms to
protect the edges of the pavement shall also be
required.
B. Curing:
1. General:
Concrete shall be cured by protecting it against
loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and
mechanical injury for at least 3 days after
placement. Moist curing, waterproof paper, white
polyethylene sheeting, white liquid membrane
compound, or a combination thereof may be used.
After finishing operations have been completed,
the entire surface of the newly placed concrete
shall be covered by whatever curing medium is
• applicable to local conditions and approved by the
Engineer. The edges of concrete slabs exposed by
the removal of forms shall be protected
immediately to provide these surfaces with
continuous curing treatment equal to the method
selected for curing the slab and curb surface.
The Contractor shall have at hand and ready to
install before actual placement begins the
equipment needed for adequate curing.
2. Moist Curing:
Moist curing shall be accomplished by a covering
of burlap or other approved fabric mat used singly
or in combination. Curing mats shall be
thoroughly wet when applied and kept continuously
wet and in intimate contact with the pavement
surface for the duration of the moist -curing
period. Burlap or fabric mats shall be long
enough to cover the entire width and edges of the
pavement lane and lapped at joints to prevent
drying between adjacent sheets.
TS -303-15
COPYRIGHT 0 1990
�c e=TON. 't b A53CC!AflS. INC.
• 3. Waterproof Paper or White Polyethylene:
Waterproof paper or white polyethylene sheets
shall be in pieces large enough to cover the
entire width and edges of the slab and shall be
lapped not less than 18 inches. The paper or
polyethylene shall be adequately weighted to
prevent displacement or billowing due to wind, and
material folded down over the side of the pavement
edges shall be secured by a continuous bank of
earth. Tears or holes appearing in the paper or
polyethylene during the curing period shall be
immediately repaired.
4. Membrane:
The membrane method of curing shall be applied
behind the final finishing operation after all
free water has disappeared from the surface.
Complete and uniform coverage at the required rate
of 150 square feet per gallon shall be required.
The compound shall be kept agitated to prevent the
pigment from settling, and it shall be applied to
the pavement edges immediately after the forms
• have been removed. Membrane curing will not be
permitted in frost -affected areas on paving that
will be exposed to de-icing chemicals within 30
days after completion of the curing period.
5. Cold Weather Protection:
Except by specific written authorization,
concreting shall cease when the descending air
temperature in the shade and away from artificial
heat falls below 40°F. It shall not be resumed
until the ascending air temperature in the shade
and away from artificial heat rises to 35°F.
When concrete has been placed in cold weather and
the temperature may drop below 35°F, straw, hay
insulated curing blankets, or other suitable
material shall be provided along the line of work.
Whenever the air temperature may reach the
freezing point during the day or night, the
material shall be spread over the concrete deep
enough to prevent freezing of the concrete.
Concrete shall be protected from freezing
temperatures until it is at least 10 days old.
Concrete injured by frost action shall be removed
and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
•
TS -303-16
:APYRijiT L ;23
TU:.L i AS vL>TES. ._.
C. Joints:
1. General:
Contraction joints, expansion joints, and all
longitudinal joints shall be placed as indicated
in the plans. Transverse construction joints
shall be used as required ("Transverse
Construction Joints" section of these
specifications). Transverse joints shall extend
continuously through the pavement curb.
2. Transverse Contraction Joints:
Transverse contraction joints shall consist of
planes of weakness created by forming or cutting
grooves in the surface of the pavement. They
shall be equal to at least one-fourth of the depth
of the slab.
a. Transverse strip contraction joints
shall be formed by installing a
parting strip to be left in place.
b. Formed grooves shall be made by
• depressing an approved tool or device
into the plastic concrete. The tool or
device shall remain in place until the
concrete has attained its initial set
and shall then be removed without
disturbing adjacent concrete.
c. Sawed contraction joints shall be
created by sawing grooves int he surface
of the pavement with an approved
concrete saw. After each joint is
sawed, the saw cut and adjacent concrete
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned.
Sawing of the joints shall begin as soon
as the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to permit sawing without
excessive raveling, usually 4 to 24
hours. All joints shall be sawed before
uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occurs.
If necessary, the sawing operations
shall be carried on both day and night,
regardless of weather conditions. A
standby saw shall be available in the
event of a breakdown. All sawing shall
be completed within 24 hours of placing
Is the concrete.
TS -303-17
COPYF'_fTC tot'1O
CR"-TON. TULL S'.S9.iCtATES. tIC.
• The sawing of any joint shall be omitted
if a crack occurs at or near the joint
location before the time of sawing.
Sawing shall be discontinued if a crack
develops ahead of the saw. In general,
all joints shall be sawed in sequence.
All contraction joints in lanes adjacent
to previously constructed lanes shall be
sawed before uncontrolled cracking
occurs. If extreme conditions make it
impracticable to saw the concrete within
24 hours to prevent erratic cracking,
the contraction joint groove shall be
formed before initial set of concrete,
as provided above.
d. Transverse formed contraction joints shall
consist of a groove or cleft extending
downward from and normal to the surface of
the pavement. These joints shall be made
while the concrete is plastic by an approved
mechanically or manually operated device to
the dimensions indicated in the plans.
3. Transverse Construction Joints:
49 Transverse construction joints of the type shown
in the plans shall be placed whenever the placing
of concrete is suspended for more than 30 minutes.
A butt joint with dowels or a thickened -edge joint
shall be used if the joint occurs at the location
of a contraction joint. Keyed joints with tie -
bars shall be used if the joint occurs at any
other location.
4. Transverse Expansion Joints:
Transverse expansion joints shall consist of a
vertical expansion joint filler placed in a butt -
type joint with or without dowel bars as shown in
the plans. The expansion joint filler shall be
continuous from form to form, and shaped to the
subgrade, curb section, and to the keyway along
the form. Preformed joint filler shall be
furnished in lengths equal to the pavement width
or equal to the width of one lane. Damaged or
repaired joint filler shall not be used unless
approved by the Engineer.
The expansion joint filler shall be held in a
vertical position. An approved installing bar or
TS -303-18
CoryPoGhr C 1990
CRAFTON. TULL & ASS`JCIATES. NC.
• other device shall be used if necessary to ensure
proper grade and alignment during placing and
finishing of the concrete. Finished joints shall
not deviate in horizontal alignment more than 1/4
inch from a straight line. If joint fillers are
assembled in sections, there shall be no offsets
between adjacent units. No plugs of concrete
shall be permitted anywhere within the expansion
space.
5. Longitudinal Joints:
Longitudinal joints shall consist of planes or
weakness created by forming or cutting grooves in
the surface of the pavement. They shall be equal
to at least one -quarter the depth of the slab plus
1/2 inch.
a. Sawed longitudinal joints shall be sawed
grooves made with a concrete saw after
the concrete has hardened. The joint
may be sawed at any time before use by
construction traffic or before opening
if construction traffic does not use the
pavement.
b. Longitudinal groove joints are formed in
the same manner as traverse formed
groove joints (see "Transverse
Contraction Joints" section of these
specifications.)
c. Longitudinal strip joints are formed int
he same manner as transverse strip
joints (see "Transverse Contraction
Joints" section of these
specifications.)
d. Longitudinal construction joints shall
be of the dimensions shown in the plans.
Where a key is required, it shall be
constructed by forming when the first
lane adjacent to the joint is placed.
These joints shall be finished with an
edger of the radius shown in the plans.
When placing the second slab, concrete
must not be left overhanging the lip
formed in the first slab by the edging
tool.
•
TS -303-19
C0PYR:iR c , :
CRARCN. "ULL & AS& lATE5, =NC.
• 6. Sealing Joints:
Joints to be sealed shall be filled with joint -
sealing material before the pavement is opened to
traffic and as soon after completion of the curing
period as is feasible. Just before sealing, each
joint shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign
material, including membrane curing compound, and
joint faces shall be clean and surface -dry when
seal is applied. Material for seal applied hot
shall be stirred during heating to prevent
localized overheating.
The sealing material shall be applied to each
joint opening in accordance with the details shown
in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The
joint filling shall be done without spilling
material on the exposed surfaces of the concrete.
Any excess material on the surface of the concrete
pavement shall be removed immediately and the
pavement surface cleaned. The use of sand or
similar material to cover the seal shall not be
permitted. Joint -sealing material shall not be
placed when the air temperature in the shade is
. less than 500F, unless approved by the Engineer.
D. Opening to Traffic:
The Engineer shall decide when the pavement shall be
opened to traffic. It shall not be opened to traffic
until the field -cured concrete has attained a flexural
strength of 550 psi, or a compressive strength of 3,500
psi. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement
shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the
concrete was placed. Before opening to traffic, the
pavement shall be cleaned.
303-4.4 ACCEPTANCE OF NON -SPECIFICATION MATERIALS:
The following provides for corrective actions to be
taken and/or provisions for accepting a street when
test results indicate non -specification materials or
workmanship have been incorporated into the project.
Any penalties which are assessed shall be paid to the
Owner by the Contractor before a street will be
accepted by the Owner.
0
TS -303-20
;MA TOPJ. TULL b AS9'JC:ATcS. 1.C.
0 A. Concrete Pavement Strength:
The average 28 day compressive strength of the two (2)
cylinders of a set shall be at least 4000 psi. If the
average strength is lower, the following penalties
shall be assessed.
3500 psi to 3999 psi - 3% of the cost of the
in place material.
3000 psi to 34999 psi - 7% of the cost of the
in place material.
2750 psi to 2999 psi - 15/. of the cost of the
in place material.
2500 psi to 2749 psi - 257. of the cost of the
in place material.
2250 psi to 2499 psi - 407. of the cost of the
in place material.
Below 2250 psi - Remove and Replace.
• B. Concrete Pavement Depth:
The concrete pavement depths shall be within +/- 1/4
inch of the required depth plus any additional depth
required as a result of a deficient subbase depth. The
average of all depth measurements shall not be less
than the required depth, and any depth in excess of
+ 1/4 inch will not be used in computing the average
depth. If the average depth is less, the following
penalties shall be assessed.
Required depth to 1/8 inch - 1% of the cost
of the in place material.
Minus 1/8 to 1/4 inch - 3% of the cost of the
in place material.
Minus 1/4 to 3/8 inch - 7'/. of the cost of the
in place material.
Minus 3/8 to 1/2 inch - 15'/. of the cost of
the in place material.
Minus 1/2 to 5/8 inch - 25% of the cost of
the in place material.
•
TS -303-21
CCOYR'G- „ 189tJ
CRAFTG.'J. YULE 6 Agyy;;AT-c. NC.
• Minus 5/B to 3/4 inch - 407. of the cost of
the in place material.
More than minus 3/4 inch - Remove and
Replace.
C. Concrete Pavement Surface:
The concrete surface shall not show any deviation
greater than 1/4 inch when checked with a 10 foot
straight -edge. Any deviation greater than this shall
be corrected by grinding, removing and replacing, or as
directed by the Engineer.
303-5.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Short Title Material and Short Title
AASHTO M 85, ASTM C 150,
CSA A5, ASTM A 615, A 616,
or A 617, CSA G 30.12, 6 30.8
AASHTO M 173 or ASTM D 1190
AASHTO M 33, M 213, ASTM D 994,
D 1751
AASHTO M 182
AASHTO M 148, ASTM C 309,
CGSB 90 -GP -la
AASHTO M 171, ASTM C 171
AASHTO 191, ASTM C 143,
CSA A 23.20 Slump
AASHTO T 152, ASTM C 231,
CSA A 23.2.19 Air Content
AASHTO T 199 Chase Air Indicator
AASHTO T 22, ASTM C 39,
CSA A 23.2.13 Curing
AASHTO T 23, ASTM C 31,
CSA A 23.2.14
AASHTO T 97, ASTM C 78,
CSA A 23.2.15
0
TS -303-22
CO;: i NIGi: a 599.3
C' .FT0N. TULL ATES. "V-
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS (continued)
AASHTO T 121, ASTM C 13B
Cement Content
AASHTO M 151, CSA A 23.1
AASHTO M 157
0
0
TS -303-23
CC?'r'r uT C 129)
CTC: T:;LL & ASSOC:RTES. INC.
CONCRETE
Bock of cu
Pavement thickened
to 8" starting 5=0"
each side --c
tside of I
basrn7 I
All catch basins shall be separated fromthe pavement and
curb by boxing out around basin as shown above. Expansion
joint material shall extend completely through curb and
slab. Manhole castings within the pavement limits shall be
boxed in like manner except when telescoping type castings
are used.
When a joint falls within 5 ft. of or contact basins,
manholes, or other structures, shorten one or more panels
either side of opening to permit joint to fall on round
structures and at or between corners of rectangular
structures.
3. All transverse joints must extend through curbs and must b
continuous across pavement, except tied transverse
construction joints. Expansion joints will not be require
except at structures or as shown on the plans.
4. Maximum transverse joint spacing shall be in accordance wi
the following table:
MAX. SPACING TYPE OF COARSE MAX. SPACING TYPE OF COARSE
IN FEET AGGREGATE IN FEET AGGREGATE
25 Crushed Granite 15 Siliceous Gravel
20 Crushed Limestone 15 Gravel smaller
than 3/4"
20 Calcareous Gravel 15 Slag
All soft and yielding material and other portions of the
subgrade which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped
shall be removed as directed and replaced with suitable
material placed and compacted.
The subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted with suitable
equipment so as to have uniform density at moisture contents
of not less than standard optimum (AASHO T98).
cC,PYRGHT
.. 037
8
All sewer trenches and structure excavations shall be
• backfilled to natural or finished grade as soon as conditions
permit. All backfill shall be compacted with mechanical
tampers in layers of not over 6" loose material. In order to
prevent differential heave the backfill material shall be the
same materials as that of the subgrade adjacent to the trench
unless specified otherwise by Engineer.
6. The minimum cement content shall not be less than 6.0 sacks
(94 lbs. per sack) per Cu. yd. of concrete. The maximum size
aggregate shall not exceed 1/4 of the slab thickness. The
maximum slump shall not exceed 3 inches. All concrete shall
be air entrained in accordance with the following table:
MAX. SIZE OF COARSE
AGGREGATE. INCHES
1-1/2, 2
3/4, 1
3/8, 1/2
CJ
I
AIR CONTENT,
PER CENT OF VOLUME
5t1
1
6 + 1
7-1/2 + 1
COPYRIGHT 0 1990
CRAFTON. TULL L ASSOCIATES. INC.
9 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
ITEM 304 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
304-1.0 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of the construction of a
concrete sidewalk to the depth and section as shown on
the plans, and in conformity with the locations, lines,
and grades shown on the plans, or as directed.
304-2.0 MATERIALS:
Cement, aggregates, and water shall conform to the
requirements of DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE for Class A(AE)
Concrete.
304-3.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
A. Subgrade Preparation:
The bottom of the excavation or the top of the fill
shall be known as the pavement subgrade and shall
conform to the lines, grade, and crass sections shown
• in the plans.
All soft and yielding material and portions of the
subgrade that will not compact readily when rolled or
tamped shall be removed and replaced with suitable
material.
The subgrade shall be brought to a firm and unyielding
condition by compacting it to uniform density. Soil
should be compacted at, or slightly above, standard
optimum moisture.
All utility trenches and structure excavations shall be
backfilled to natural or finished grade with granular
material as soon as conditions permit. All backfill
shall be compacted with mechanical tampers in layers
not over six inches in compacted thickness to densities
similar to that of surrounding soils.
Concrete shall not be placed on a soft, spongy, frozen,
or otherwise unsuitable subgrade. The subgrade shall
be moist when concrete is placed.
0
TS -304-1
hhi�t�
�.vrY
-
CR.AFTOW.
TULL
& AS$oc A T
ES.
W =•
a
B. Concrete Pleceeent:
Ready -mixed concrete hauled in truck mixers or truck
agitators shall be deposited in place within 90 minutes
from the time water is added to the mix.
Before placing concrete, free standing water, snow,
ice, or other foreign materials shall be removed from
the subgrade. All forms shall be thoroughly cleaned,
secured in position, and coated with a form -release
agent.
Concrete shall be placed, struck off, consolidated, and
finished to plan grade with a mechanical finishing
machine, vibrating screed, or by hand -finishing methods
when approved. Pavement shall be pitched to area
drains or perimeter areas to remove water.
C. Thickness and Slope:
Sidewalks shall be a minimum of four (4) inches thick,
Sidewalks shall slope one-fourth (1/4)
inch per foot toward the street unless existing
topography requires a slope toward the property line.
D. Finishing:
After concrete has been struck off and consolidated, a
bullfloat may be used to remove any high or low spots.
Bullfloat use shall be confined to a minimum. A final
skid -resistant finish shall be made with a burlap drag
or broom.
E. Curing;
Concrete shall be cured by protecting it from loss of
moisture, rapid temperature change, and mechanical
injury for at least three days after placement. After
all free water has disappeared from the surface, a
liquid membrane -forming compound or other approved
curing material shall be uniformly sprayed on all
exposed surfaces. Rate of application shall be in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
When concrete is being placed in cold weather and the
• temperature may drop below 35°F, straw, hay, insulated
curing blankets or other suitable material shall be
provid3d along the line of work to prevent freezing of
concrete. Concrete injured by frost action shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
COPYRIGHT C 1990
TS -304-2 CPAFTO'4 TULL L t.SSM.IATcS. INC.
. F. Joints:
Unless shown on the project drawings, a jointing plan
shall be prepared by the Contractor and approved before
paving begins. Maximum joint spacing shall be the
width of the sidewalk installed.
Control joints or contraction joints shall be formed by
one of the following methods: sawing, forming by hand,
forming by premolded filler, or using full depth
construction joints. Joint depth shall be a minimum of
one-fourth the slab thickness. Handformed joints shall
have a maximum edge radius of 1/4 inch. Sawing of
joints shall begin as soon as the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive
raveling. All joints shall be completed before
uncontrolled shrinkage cracking occur. All such joints
shall be completed within 24 hours of placing the
concrete. Joints shall be continuous across the slab.
Expansion
joints shall
be made of
three quarter (3/4)
inch felt
and shall be
spaced at
maximum one hundred
(100) foot
intervals.
Expansion joints and contraction joints shall be spaced
so that they align with the joints in any adjacent
concrete curb and gutter.
•
TS -x•04-3
COPYRIGHTS •9'30
• DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS
CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE
ITEM 1904-A CLASS 7 STONE BASE COURSE
1904-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of a foundation for surface
courses or pavement. It shall be constructed on the
prepared subgrade in accordance with these
specifications, and in substantial conformity with the
line grades, compacted thickness and typical cross
section shown on the plans.
1904-2.1 MATERIALS: .
This material shall consist of crusher run stone or a
mixture of crushed stone and natural fines uniformly
mixed and so proportioned as to meet all the
requirements hereinafter specified, with the further
provision that a mixture of crushed stone and natural
fines shall contain not less than 90% crusher produced
. material. The stone shall be hard and durable with a
percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96)
not greater than 45. For the purpose of this
specification, shale and slate are not considered to be
stone. The material furnished shall not contain more
than 5Y. by weight of shale, slate and other deleterious
matter.
Base course material shall be crushed stone conforming
to the following gradation requirements:
Retained on 1-1/2" sieve - 0
Retained on 3/4" sieve - 10-507.
Retained on #4 sieve - 50-757.
Passing M4O sieve - 10-307.
Passing #2OO sieve - 3-1O7..
The fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be
greater than two-thirds the fraction passing the No. 40
sieve. The fraction passing the No. 40 sieve shall
have a liquid limit not greater than 25 and a
plasticity index not greater than 6.
When it is necessary to blend two or more materials,
each material shall be proportioned separately through
• mechanical feeders to insure uniform production.
Premixing or blending in the pit to avoid separate
feeding will not be permitted.
TS -1904-A-1
CCP1'FIGHT 0 1990
r+C
CRAFTON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. •
The blending of materials on the roadway in order to
obtain a mixture that will comply with the above
requirements will not be permitted.
1904-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
The base course shall only be placed on a subgrade that
has been prepared in accordance with preceding
specifications. Base course material shall not be
placed on a frozen subgrade.
The base course shall be compacted by any satisfactory
method that will obtain the density herein specified.
The crushed stone shall be maintained at optimum
moisture during the mixing, spreading and compacting
operations, water being added or the material aerated
as may be necessary. The specified grade and section
shall be maintained by blading throughout the
compaction operation. The Class 7 base shall be
moistened to optimum water content (verified by
laboratory test results) and rolled and compacted to
ninety-five (95%) percent modified proctor density as
determined by AASHTO T-180 and must have a plasticity
• index of 6 or less. Density testing shall be done upon
completion of the second four (4) inch lift or upon
installation of thefirst six inch (6") lift, depending
on which type subbase the subgrade P.I. demands.
The compacted base course shall be tested for depth and
any deficiencies corrected by scarifying, placing
additional material, mixing, reshaping and recompacting
to the specified density, all as directed by the
Engineer.
1904-3.2 BASE DEPTH:
The completed base shall have a thickness as follows:
A. Plasticity Index: 10.0 to 20.0
The completed base shall have a thickness of eight
inches (6"). The base material shall be placed in two
(2) four inch (4") lifts. The first lift shall be
placed prior to the construction of the curb and gutter
and shall extend under and six inches (6") behind the
curb and gutter.
B. Plasticity Index: Less 10.0
• The completed base shall have a thickness of six inches
(6"). The base shall be placed in one six inch lift.
TS -1904-A-2
COPI'F.iGHT 0 1990
CRAFT ON. TULL L F£5OCIA TE:
1904-4.1 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Short Title Material and Short Title
C
0
AASHTO T 180 - Density
TS -1904-A-3
AASHTO T 96 -Los Angeles
Test
COPYRIGNT � S1 9O ES.
CRAFTON. TULL &
• DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS
ITEM 1911 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOT MIX SURFACE COURSE ON BASE
1911-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This item shall consist of an asphaltic concrete
wearing surface composed of a compacted mixture of
mineral aggregate and asphalt cement, constructed on
the completed and accepted base course in accordance
with these specifications and inclose conformity with
the lines, grades, compacted thickness and typical
cross sections shown on the plans.
1911-2.1 COMPOSITION:
The wearing surface shall be composed of a mixture of
mineral aggregate and asphalt cement in the following
proportions by weight:
Mineral Aggregate: TYPE 2 TYPE 3
Total
retained
on
3/4"
sieve
0%
-------
Total
retained
on
1/2"
sieve
3%-15%
0%
Total
retained
on
No.
4 sieve
257.-457.
20X-40%
Total
retained
on
No.
10 sieve
45X-607.
45X -60X
Total
retained
.on
No.
40 sieve
68% -BOX
65%-80%
Total
retained
on
No.
80 sieve
80%-927.
807.-92X
Total
retained
on
No.
200 sieve
907.-967.
90%-96X
Bitumen
4.5%-7.5%
4.5X -7.5X
At least one-half of the fraction passing the No. 200
sieve shall comply with the requirements for mineral
filler and in no case shall the mineral aggregate
contain less than 5X mineral filler.
The general composition limits set forth above are
master ranges of tolerance to govern mixtures made from
any raw materials meeting specification requirements,
and are maximum and minimum for all cases. The
Engineer will specify or approve a job mixture for each
project coming within the above limits, which in his
judgement will be suitable, and the maximum permissible
variations from the job mixture shall be as follows:
Total retained
on No.
4 sieve
+
5%
Total retained
on No.
10 sieve
+
5%
Total retained
on No.
40 sieve
+
4%
Total retained
on No.
200 sieve
+
2%
Bitumen
+
0.4%
• Temperature of
mixture
on delivery
+
20°F.
TS -1911-1
COPYRIGHT O 1990
CRAFTON. TULL 6 ASSOCIATES. rt,
The Engineer will take as many
necessary for checking the uni
When unsatisfactory results or
it necessary, the Engineer may
formula.
samples as he considers
formity of the mixture.
changed conditions make
establish a new job mix
Aggregate samples will be tested for gradation in
accordance with AASHTO T 11, T 27 and T 30, as
applicable.
Extraction tests on bituminous mixtures shall be in
accordance with AASHTO T 164. Density of compacted
mixture shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO
T 166.
1911-2.2 MATERIALS:
The materials shall conform to the following
requirements.
A. Mineral Aggregates:
The mineral aggregate for Surface Courses shall consist
of a natural or artificial mixture of gravel or crushed
• stone and stone screenings, sand, and other finely
divided mineral matter, so proportioned as to meet all
applicable requirements of this specification; and the
fraction retained on the No. 10 sieve shall contain at
least 15 % of crushed particles.
The course aggregate is that fraction retained on the
No. 10 sieve and shall consist of gravel or crushed
stone.
Fine aggregate is that fraction passing the No. 10
sieve, and shall consist of clean, hard, durable
particles of natural sand or stone sand, or
combinations of the two.
Crushed stone shall consist of hard, tough, durable
fragments of rock of uniform quality, free from an
excess of soft particles. The stone shall have a
percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO T 96)
not greater than 40 and when subjected to 5 cycles of
the Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test (AASHTO T 104) the
loss shall not exceed 12%.
Gravel shall consist of hard durable aggregate free
from an excess of soft particles. The gravel shall
• have a percent of wear by the Los Angeles Test (AASHTO
T 96) not greater than 40.
TS -1911-2
^'_T O
CR r1`U Tlv�
3
Crushed gravel is that which 100%. of the particles have
been produced from larger particles by crushing
operations.
Mineral aggregate shall be uniformly well graded from
coarse to fine, and free from lumps of foreign
material. They shall also be free from adherent films
of clay that will prevent thorough coating with
bituminous material. The fraction passing the No. 40
sieve shall have a plasticity index not greater than 4.
Mineral filler shall comply with the requirements of
AASHTO M 17.
R. Asphalt Cement:
Asphalt cement furnished shall be in accordance with
AASHTO M 226. Specific physical requirements to be met
are those set forth in Table II of AASHTO M 226. The
grade to be used will be specified by the Engineer.
If required, the asphalt cement shall contain a heat
stable antistripping additive. The additive shall be
one approved by the Engineer and shall be added in the
. proportion of approximately 0.5 percent by weight of
the asphalt cement. The additive shall be thoroughly
and uniformly mixed with the asphalt cement, either at
the refinery or in the storage tanks at the hot mix
plant. The additive will not be paid for directly but
will be considered subsidiary to the item of Asphalt
Concrete Hot Mix Surface Course.
C. Prime Coat:
A prime coat shall be applied to the base course and
allowed to cure before the surface course is applied.
The materials used for the prime coat shall be MC -30
bituminous material or equivalent as approved by the
Engineer. A medium curing cut back asphalt will be
used for the prime coat. After the surface to be
primed has been prepared, the bituminous material for
the prime coat shall be sprayed uniformly over the
surface by the means of an approved mechanical pressure
distributor at the rate of application of 0.3 gallons
per square yard. Surplus bituminous material forming
in the surface depressions shall be removed by hand
sweeping. Following the application of the prime coat,
the road shall be closed to traffic for a period of
• time sufficient to allow the proper curing of the
bituminous material. Prime coat shall not be applied
TS -1911-3
when the air temperature is below 50°F., nor shall it
be applied to a surface having excess moisture, no when
general weather conditions in the opinion of the
Engineer, are not suitable. If the primed surface
becomes damaged prior to the application of the wearing
course, the damaged area shall be cleaned, patched and
retraced as directed by the Engineer.
1911-3.1 EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
Equipment and Construction Methods shall conform to the
Asphalt Equipment and Construction Methods
Specification.
1911-3.2 ACCEPTANCE OF NON -SPECIFICATION MATERIALS:
The following provides for corrective actions to be
taken and/or provisions for accepting a street when
test results indicate non -specification materials or
workmanship have been incorporated into the project.
Any penalties which are assessed shall be paid to the
Owner by the Contractor before a street will be
accepted by the Owner.
A. Density of ACHM Surface:
No individual density shall be lower than 90.0% of
maximum theoretical density. Any section with a
density below that value shall be removed and replaced.
The average of all densities for the project shall be
not less than 92.0% of maximum theoretical density. If
this average is less than 92%, the following penalties
shall be assessed:
91.5% to 91.9% - 3% of the cost of the in place
material.
91.0% to 91.4% - 5% of the cost of the in place
material.
90.5% to 90.9% - 15% of the cost of the in place
material.
90.0% to 90.4% - 30% of the cost of the in place
material.
Below 90.0% - Remove and Replace.
B. Depth of ACHM Surface:
• The depth of the Asphalt Hot Mix Surface Course shall
be within + 1/4 inch of the required depth plus any
TS -1911-4
C qF...t,:.
IL..�
• additional depth(s) required depth plus any additional
depth(s) required due to deficient depths in the base
binder courses. The average of all depth measurements
shall not be less than the required depth, and any
depth in excess of + 1/4 inch will not be used in
computing the average depth. If the average depth is
less, it will be corrected by overlaying with
additional ACHM Surface, or as directed by the
Engineer.
C. Surface Tolerance of ACHM Surface:
If the surface deviation is greater than + or - 1/4
inch when checked with a 10 foot straight edge, the
surface smoothness shall be corrected by overlaying or
replacing the entire surface course at the Contractors
expense.
1911-4.0 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS:
Test and Short Title
Density
ASTM D 2041
0
is
Material and Short Title
AASHTO T
AASHTO T
AASHTO T
AASHTO T
AASHTO T
11
27
30
96
10
Gradation
Gradation
Gradation
Los Angeles Test
4 Sodium Sulfate
Soundness
AASHTO T 164 Extraction
AASHTO M 226 Viscosity
TS -1911-5
� _..•.. ... T �.. Cpl
0 DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS
ITEM 1913 ASPHALT - EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS
1913-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This specification shall cover equipment and
construction methods for use in asphalt construction.
1913-2.1 EQUIPMENT:
A. Mixing Plants:
Only plants approved by the Engineer shall be
acceptable for the manufacture of the various asphalt
pavement mixes.
B. Rollers:
Compaction of bituminous base, binder and surface
courses shall be obtained by self-propelled rollers.
No roller will be permitted on the work which is not in
good mechanical condition, free from backlash, loose
link motion, faulty steering mechanism or worn king
bolts, and which cannot be reversed smoothly. Steel
wheel rollers shall be equipped with adjustable spring
scrapers on each roll which will scrape in both
directions. Rollers shall have a system for moistening
the full width of each roll. Each roller shall be
operated by a competent and experienced roller
operator. The roller shall be kept in continuous
operation as nearly as practicable.
Trench rollers shall be equipped with a leveling
mechanism to maintain the axis of the compacting roll
in a horizontal plane while compacting surfaces below
the edge of the old pavement. The compacting rolls
shall have not less than 15 inches width of tread. The
weight applied by any compacting roll shall be not less
than 200 pounds per inch width of tread.
C. Mechanical Spreading and Finishing Equipsent:
Mechanical spreading and finishing equipment shall
consist of a self -powered paver, capable of spreading
and finishing the mixture true to line, grade and cross
section without the use of side forms or side supports.
The paver shall be capable of laying the mixture to a
• width of at least 12 feet and shall be adjustable to
TS -1913-1
COPY? T C ?90
CRAFTON. TULL 8 ASSOCIATES. INC.
lay the mixture in strips of more than 8 feet in 6 inch
increments.
The paver shall be equipped with mechanical devices
such as equalizing runners, straightedge runners, more
even arms or other compensating devices to adjust the
grade and confine the edges of the mixture to true
lines without the use of stationary side forms. The
paver shall be equipped with hoppers and distributing
screws of the reversing type adequate to place the
mixture evenly ahead of the screed.
The term "screed" shall include any strike -off device
operated by cutting, crowding or other practical action
which effectively places and spreads the mixture
without tearing, shoving or gouging. The finished
surface shall be smooth and of even texture. Screeds
shall be adjustable to crown and grade and shall have
an indicating level attached thereto.
The paver shall be equipped with blending or joint
leveling devices for smoothing and adjusting all
longitudinal joints between adjacent strips. Suitable
and adequate heating equipment shall be provided to
• pre -heat the screed as required.
The paver shall be equipped with an automatic screed
control system for the control of grade and slope. The
sensor or grade control may be operated from a
reference string line, from a ski -type grade reference
system, from a sensor shoe siding over an adjacent mat,
or any other appropriate method approved by the
Engineer which will produce the desired results.
Final approval of spreading and finishing equipment
will be based upon satisfactory performance during
actual construction. If equipment previously approved
becomes unsatisfactory, it shall be replaced before
proceeding with the work.
D. Pressure Distributors:
Each pressure distributor used for applying asphaltic
material shall be equipped with the following listed
appliances or devices:
1. Tachometer devices registering speed in feet per
minute and indicating gallons per minute passing
through the nozzles.
2. Pressure gauge.
TS -1913-2
�'n, I"T C 7830
CRAM ON. T._L & ASSOCIATES. Rd^..
• 3. Thermometer well and accurate thermometer to
indicate the temperature of the bituminous
material in the distributor.
4. Adjustable length spray bars mounted a proper
distance above the ground to insure a fifty
percent lap of the sprays from adjacent nozzles.
5. Power unit and pump distributing system capable of
operating under and maintaining a pressure of not
less than thirty pounds nor more than seventy
pounds per square inch.
6. Calibrated metal measuring stick.
7. Easily removable dome cover
B. Wind guards on ends of spray bar.
Each distributor will be calibrated by the Engineer
before being used on the work. Distributors previously
calibrated and certified in writing thereto, will be
accepted. Distributors will be kept free from sludge
or other residue and at such time as there is evidence
of inaccuracy, they will be subject to re -calibration.
• The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the
required calibration and shall, at his own expense
provide all necessary equipment, materials, and
assistance for such calibration.
1913-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
A. General:
The methods employed in performing the work and
equipment, tools, and plant machinery used in executing
the work shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer before the work is started. When they are
found unsatisfactory they shall be changed and improved
as required. Equipment, tools, and plant machinery
must be maintained in a satisfactory working condition.
The plant and equipment used shall comply with the
requirements as specified above.
B. Preparation of Asphalt Cement:
The asphalt cement shall be heated at the paving plant
to a temperature not exceeding 325°F.
TS -1913-3
COFYriac.'r-T O 1990
rr: - 1 ` •C' ^ • In
.. . v\. 1 vl 4 I\Jv�r.M l CJ. IV.
0 C. Preparation of Mineral Aggregate:
The coarse and fine aggregates shall be fed into the
drier through the cold aggregate bins in such a manner
that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the
required proportions will be maintained. The aggregate
shall be dried and heated to the temperature necessary
to produce a mixture having the desired temperature
within the range specified. In no case shall the
temperature of the heated aggregate exceed 425°F. upon
discharge from the drier. Immediately after heating,
the aggregate shall be screened into three or more
approximately equal fractions and conveyed into
separate bins ready for batching and mixing with
asphalt cement. The burners on the drier shall be
adjusted so that fuel is completely burned. Screens
shall never be loaded to such an extent that they will
not separate the aggregate efficiently.
D. Preparation of Mixture:
Each size of hot aggregate, mineral filler and the
asphalt cement shall be measured separately and
accurately in the proportions in which they ar to be
mixed. In batch mixing the hot aggregate and mineral
filler shall be mixed in the pugmill for at least 10
seconds before application of the asphalt cement. The
dry mixing requirement may be waived for binder or hot
mix stabilized base course when clean uncoated
aggregate is used. The asphalt cement shall be
introduced in such manner as to spread evenly over the
mixture. The time required to add the asphalt cement
shall not exceed 15 seconds. The time required for
adding asphalt and completing the wet mixing shall not
be less than 30 seconds. In continuous mixing, the
mixing period shall not be less than 30 seconds, as
determined by the following formula:
Mixing time in seconds = Puomill dead capacity in lbs
Pugmill output in lbs per sec.
The mixing time may be increased above the minimum
specified if necessary to produce a homogenous mixture
with a uniform distribution of the asphalt cement
throughout the aggregate and complete coating of the
aggregate particles.
The temperature of the mixture when discharged from the
mixer of a batch or continuous type plant shall not be
more than 325°F. The temperature of the mixture when
TS -1913-4
COrynruhT a 1990
CRP.F'ON. TULL & ASSOCIATES. R.C.
discharged from a dryer -drum mixer shall not be more
than 300°F.
E. Preparation of Subgrade:
Unless the course is to be placed on an existing base
or pavement, the subgrade shall be prepared in
conformity with the provisions of the subgrade
preparation specification, and shall conform to the
typical cross section as shown on the plans, and primed
if specified. Additional material obtained from
preparing the subgrade shall be bladed to the shoulders
and evenly spread, with excess material being
distributed evenly on the slopes.
F. Preparation of Existing Base or Surface:
Newly constructed base courses shall be prepared as set
forth in the specification item covering such base
courses.
Prior to placing bituminous base or surface courses all
required corrections of the existing pavement or old
base such as filling pot holes, sags and depressions or
alterations of the existing pavement crown shall be
made. Such corrections shall be accomplished by
placing bituminous binder or surface course mixtures at
the location and in a manner as directed by the
Engineer. Bituminous material used for wedging or
leveling courses, or for filling holes, may be placed
by hand, blade grader, or mechanical spreader methods.
The mixture shall be featheredged to a smooth and even
surface around the edges of these areas. Prior to
placing bituminous material, the base or existing
surface shall be covered with a prime coat or tack
coat.
Unstable areas in existing pavement or bases shall be
corrected by the removal of the pavement or base to the
necessary depths and the repairs made as directed by
the Engineer. No direct payment will be made for the
removal of unstable material except as provided in the
plans but payment will be made for bituminous mixture
used in repairs at the bid prices per square yard for
the number of layers to fill the excavation.
Joint or crack filler on existing pavement surface
shall be removed as specified by the Engineer. No
direct payment will be made for cleaning the surface of
existing pavement unless provided for in the plans.
0
TS -1913-5
CC iiiiTO199
CAS^.
i. J_
a r'.SeO.In T¢5,
R.C.
Prior to arrival of the mixture on the work, the
prepared surface, primed or tack coated as specified,
shall be cleaned of all loose and foreign materials.
The mixture shall not be placed on a surface which
shows evidence of moisture.
Contact surfaces of curbings, gutters, manholes and
other structures shall be pained with a thin coating of
rapid curing cut -back asphalt or emulsified asphalt.
No direct compensation will be made for this work.
When an asphaltic course previously laid becomes coated
with dirt or foreign material, or when the time lapse
between courses is of such length as to prevent proper
adhesion or bond of a later course, the earlier course
shall be cleaned and given a tack coat prior to placing
the succeeding course.
G. Transporting:
The mixture shall be transported from the paving plant
to work in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign
materials. Each load shall be covered with canvas or
other suitable material of sufficient size to retard
loss of heat and to protect it from the weather
• conditions. The cover shall extend at least 12 inches
Oyer the sides and ends of the truck bed and shall be
securely fastened. When the mixture is being hauled
more than fifteen miles or when the pavement is being
placed between November first and April first, the beds
of the vehicles shall be suitably insulated to retard
loss of heat. The insulating material shall be at
least 3/4 inch thick and shall cover ends, sides, and
bottom of the truck bed. No loads shall be sent out so
late in the day as to interfere with spreading and
compacting the mixture during daylight hours unless
artificial light, satisfactory to the Engineer, is
provided.
The mixture produced in a batch or continuous type
plant shall be delivered at a minimum temperature of
265°F. for Surface Courses, 250°F. for Binder
Courses,and 225°F. for Base Courses. When Sand Asphalt
Hot Mix is specified, the mixture shall not be less
than 200°F. The mixture from a dryer -drum plant shall
be delivered at a temperature of not less than 200°F.
The mix shall be placed only upon a base which shows no
evidence of free moisture, and only when weather
conditions are suitable. The Engineer may, however,
permit work of this character to continue when
. overtaken by sudden rains to utilize materials which
may be transit from plant at the time, provided the
TS -1913-6
CO?YRIGHT C 1990
CRAFT^ J, TGLL F. k93G'TF?Ec ;C,
mixture is within the temperature limits specified and
provided the finished pavement otherwise meets
specification requirements.
H. Spreading and Finishing:
The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface,
spread and struck off to the grade and elevation
established. Bituminous pavers shall be used to
distribute the mixture either over the entire width or
over such partial width as may be practicable.
The longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that
in the layer immediately below by approximately 6
inches; however, the joint in the top layer shall be at
the center line of the pavement if the roadway
comprises two lanes of width, or at lane lines if the
roadway is more than 2 lanes in width.
Hand spreading will be permitted only on small turnouts
or other small areas inaccessible to the spreader. On
normal two-lane roads the mixture shall be spread and
finished in one-half widths. Unless two machines are
employed, the spreader shall alternate between the two
half widths with such frequency that the second half
width shall be laid the next day after the first half
width is laid.
The finishing machine shall be kept in good mechanical
condition and adjustment. All worn or defective parts
shall be replaced immediately when indicated by
improper finish of the surface. Bituminous pavers
shall be self-contained, power -propelled units,
provided with an activated screed or strike -off
assembly, heated if necessary, and capable of spreading
and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material
in lane widths applicable to the specified typical
section and thicknesses shown on the plans. Pavers
used for shoulders and similar construction shall be
capable of spreading and finishing courses of
bituminous plant mix material in widths shown on the
plans.
The paver shall be equipped with a receiving hopper
having sufficient capacity for a uniform spreading
operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a
distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in
front of the screed.
The screed or strike -off assembly shall effectively
• produce a finished surface of the required evenness and
TS -1913-7
G1990
•_aVt ?-•`�,n
•.aY.C ..y A BLS. �I �"V.
texture without tearing, shoving or gouging the
mixture.
When laying mixtures, the paver shall be capable of
being operated at forward speeds consistent with
satisfactory laying of the mixture.
The edge of the binder course shall be established by a
string or chalk like for a distance of not less than
five hundred feet ahead of the spreading operation.
When more than one course is called for on the plans,
the succeeding course shall follow not later than 72
hours unless the preceding course is given a tack coat.
If proper bond is not obtained between the two courses,
a tack coat shall be used even though the lapsed time
has been less than 72 hours.
I. Rolling and Density Requirements:
The mixture, after being spread, shall be thoroughly
compacted by rolling as soon as it will bear the weight
of the rollers without undue displacement.
• The number, weight, type of rollers and sequences of
rolling operations shall be such that the required
density and surface are consistently attained while the
mixture is in a workable condition. Final approval of
rollers and rolling sequences will be based upon
satisfactory performance and the ability to compact the
asphaltic mixtures to the specified density and surface
requirements. Rollers which produce excessive crushing
of aggregate particles will not be permitted.
When using vibratory rollers, the Contractor shall
exercise due caution to prevent any deterioration of
the material caused by excessive rolling or vibration.
Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides and
proceed toward the center of the roadway, overlapping
on successive trips by at least one-half of the width
of the roller. When paving in echelon or abutting a
previously placed lane, the longitudinal joint shall be
rolled first followed by the regular rolling procedure.
Alternate trips of the roller shall be terminated at
least three feet distance from any preceding stop.
Rolling on super -elevated curves shall progress from
the low side.
The speed of the rollers shall be slow enough to avoid
• displacement of the hot mixture. Any displacement
occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the
TS- 1913-8
CG'-Y?'3HT 9 1990
• roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at
once by the use of rakes and the addition of fresh
mixture as required. Rolling shall proceed
continuously until all roller marks are eliminated and
the required density attained. To prevent adhesion of
bituminous mixture, the rollers shall be kept moist for
the full width of the rollers, but an excess of water
will not be permitted.
The finished bituminous courses shall be compacted to
the following densities:
Asphaltic Concrete Hot
Mix Surface Course
Asphaltic Concrete Hot
Mix Binder Course
Dense Graded Hot Mix
Binder Course
Not less than 92% of
theoretical density.
Not less than 90% of
theoretical density.
Not less than 90% of
theoretical density.
Hot Mix Asphalt Not less than 95% of
Stabilized Base Course the density obtained
in the laboratory.
• On the day following placement of asphaltic materials
samples for the determination of density shall be taken
by sawing or coring from the finished pavement by the
Contractor, at his expense, at locations and in the
manner directed by the Engineer. Samples taken shall
be furnished by the Engineer for testing. The cuts
made in taking such samples shall be repaired by the
Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
J. Joints:
Placing of the bituminous paving shall be as continuous
as possible. Rollers shall not pass over the
unprotected end of a freshly laid mixture unless
authorized by the Engineer. Transverse joints shall be
formed by cutting back on the previous run to expose
the full depth of the course. When directed by the
Engineer, a brush coat of bituminous material shall be
used on contact surfaces of transverse joints just
before additional mixture is placed against the
previously rolled material.
K. Surface Tests:
The finished surface when checked with a ten foot
• straight edge placed parallel to the centerline, shall
show no variation more than 1/2 inch for base and
TS -1913-9
CC%Yn;^_F70 1990
cr'4ri''J -'fn, Q •t'V'..
intermediate courses and not more than 1/4 inch for
surface courses.
The Contractor and Engineer will test the finished
surface with a rolling straight edge immediately
following the final rolling as conditions permit. All
testing will be made in a longitudinal direction and at
least one pass shall be made for the full length of
each lane.
Immediately prior to testing, the rolling straight edge
shall be calibrated.
Surface deviations for base and intermediate courses
may be corrected by skin patching, feather edging or
other methods which would provide the required
smoothness and maintain quality material.
Surface deviations for surface courses shall be
corrected in such a manner as to maintain a quality
pavement having the same uniform texture and appearance
as the adjoining surface. Skin patching and feather
edging will not be permitted, except at beginning and
end of job.
• All corrective work shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
L. Widening Operations:
When asphaltic hot mix material is to be placed in a
trench for widening an existing pavement, and the
trench is inaccessible to normal rolling operations,
compaction both of the subgrade and of the bituminous
material shall be accomplished by means of a trench
roller or by other approved methods.
M. Temperature Limitations:
Hot mix bituminous material shall not be mixed or
placed when the air temperature in the shade is below
400F., or when there is frost in the base or subgrade,
or at any other time when weather conditions are
unsuitable for the type of material being placed. When
approved by the Engineer, bituminous material may be
placed when the lifts are in excess of 2-1/2 inches
compacted thickness and the air temperature in the
shade is 35°F., or higher.
0
TS -1913-10
C0PYR'3HT O 1900
trAFTCM. TULLE AS ;C',:i:1T::�.
•
DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS
ITEM 1914 POLYPROPYLENE FABRIC REINFORCEMENT
FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
1914-1.1 DESCRIPTION:
This work shall consist of the application of
reinforcement fabric for plant mix asphalt concrete
pavement in accordance with this specification and
manufacturers recommendations and in reasonable close
conformity with the locations and dimensions shown on
the plans or established by the Engineer.
1914-2.1 MATERIAL;
A. Fabric:
Polypropylene fabric shall be a Phillips Petromat or an
approved equal meeting or exceeding the following
properties:
TEST LIMIT TEST METHOD PETROMAT
weight (oz/sq.yd.) 3-6 ASTMD 2646-69
tensile strength
(lbs.) 90 min. ASTMD 1682-64
elongation at
break (X)
asphalt retention
(gals./sq.yd.)
color
55 min. ASTMD 1682-64
0.20 min.
black
width (inches) 75 Sc 150
length/roll (yds.) 100
4.3
115
65
black
75 & 150
The fabric shall be supplied by the manufacturer in
rolls of standard widths and lengths uniformly wound
onto suitable cylinder forms or cores to aid in
handling and unrolling by the use of mechanical lay
down equipment. Rolls supplied shall provide full
coverage of the pavement with a minimal number of joint
splices. Rolls of fabric shall be furnished with a
suitable type wrapping for protection against sunlight
TS -1914-1
COPYR;Gk7 O 1890
CRAFTON. TULL & ASSSCC.RTES. INC.
0
and moisture. When stored outdoors, the rolls shall be
elevated and covered with a tarpaulin.
B. Asphaltic Sealant:
Sealant shall meet the following requirements. Uncut
asphalt cements are preferred. Cationic asphalt
emulsions may only be used if free of oil distillates.
1.
Asphalt
Cement Penetration Grade (85-100)
AASHTO
M-20
2.
Asphalt
Cement Viscosity Grade (75-500)
AASHTO
M-226
3.
Cationic
Asphalt CRS -2
AASHTO
M-208
Emulsion
CRS -1h
AASHTO
M-208
4.
Anionic
Asphalt RS -2
AASHTO
M-140
Emulsion
RS -1
AASHTO
M-140
C. Aggregate:
Washed concrete sand shall be used to blot excess
asphalt or facilitate movement of construction
equipment over the fabric during overlay.
1914-2.2 EQUIPMENT:
A. Asphalt Distributor:
The asphalt distributor shall meet or exceed those
requirements described in the Equipment and
Construction Method Specification herein. Distribution
units shall also be equipped with a hand spray with
single nozzle and positive shut off valve.
B. Fabric Laydown Equipment:
Mechanical laydown equipment shall be capable of
handling full or partial rolls of fabric and shall be
capable of laying the fabric smoothly without excessive
wrinkles and/or folds. When manual laydown is
required, a length of standard one inch (25mm) pipe,
together with suitable roll tension devices shall be
used for proper roll handling.
C. Miscellaneous Equipment:
Miscellaneous equipment shall include stiff bristle
brooms to smooth the fabric, scissors or blades to cut
• the fabric, and brushes as required for use in applying
asphalt binder to fabric overlap at spliced joints.
TS -1914-2
JV. IIPVI.1 v VV
CnAr iC'l. TG:! S F.?;!„C!ATcS, INC.
0 1914-3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS:
A. Surface Preparation:
The surface on which the fabric is to be placed shall
be free of dirt, dust, water, oil or other foreign
matter.
B. Application of Bituminous Binder:
Bituminous binder material shall be heated and
uniformly spray applied over the area to be fabric
covered. Double rate application shall be applied
along an overlap area.
The minimum application temperature of the bituminous
binder shall not be less than 29O°F. (143°C.). If the
fabric is oversprayed the maximum application
temperature shall not exceed 325°F. (163°C.) to avoid
damage to the fabric.
The bituminous binder shall be applied at the rate of
0.20 to 0.35 gal./sq. yd. (0.90 to 1.60 1/sq. m) or as
. established by the Engineer. (Rate for this job shall
be .25 gal./sq. yd.).
Application of the bituminous material shall be
accomplished with an asphalt distributor. Areas not
accessible to the distributor shall be hand sprayed.
The distributor shall be started and stopped over paper
or roofing felt to provide neat cut-off lines. The
width of binder application shall be two to six inches
(5.08 to 15.24 cm) wider than the fabric width. Care
shall be exercised in the application of the binder to
avoid spills or excessive application to cause flushing
of the bituminous material.
C. Placement of Reinforcement Fabric:
The fabric shall be placed after the bituminous binder
has been applied and before the binder has cooled and
lost tackiness. The fabric shall be unrolled and
placed onto the binder with the unfused (fuzzy) side
down with a minimum of wrinkles. Every effort shall be
made to lay the fabric as smooth as possible. The
fabric shall be broomed to remove air bubbles and
maximize fabric contact with the pavement surface.
Wrinkles shall be cut and laid out flat.
• If misalignment of the fabric occurs the fabric shall
TS -1914-3
COPYRIGHT p 7980
CRAFTON. TULL 8 r??C,CLAT`S. r";C.
be cut, realigned and jointed as directed by the
Engineer.
Overlap of fabric at joints shall be between two and
four inches (5.08 and 10.16 cm). Transverse joints
shall be shingled in the direction of paving to prevent
edge pick-up by the paver. Additional binder shall be
applied to joints at the rate of 0.20 gal/sq. yd. by
hand spraying or brushing.
The reinforcement fabric shall be imbedded into the
bituminous binder and bonded to the pavement. Self-
propelled pneumatic tired rollers may be used if deemed
necessary by the Engineer.
D. Weather Limitations:
Asphalt binder shall not be applied for installation of
the fabric when the air temperature is less than 50°F
(10°C.).
E. Tack:
Tack coat, if required for the pavement overlay, shall
. be applied at the rate of 0.03 to 0.10 gal./sq. yd.
The bituminous material type, grade, rate of
application and temperature shall be approved by the
Engineer. Cut -back asphalt or emulsified asphalt
containing petroleum distillate additives shall not be
used.
F. Pavement Overlay:
Placement of the asphalt concrete pavement overlay
should closely follow fabric lay down unless otherwise
permitted by the Engineer. Any damage or disbanding of
the fabric reinforcement membrane caused by traffic or
wet weather conditions due to unnecessary delay or
negligence of the Contractor shall be repaired at his
own expense.
In the event excess binder bleeds through the fabric
before the overlay is placed, the excess material shall
be blotted by spreading sand on the affected area as
directed by the Engineer.
The temperature of the paving mix at the time of
placement on the reinforcement fabric membrane shall
not exceed 325°F (163°C) to prevent damage to the
fabric.
TS -1914-4 rIc 1c
C Ar7QN. TJLL 4 A33QC(ATE5. INC.
• The turning of pavers or other vehicles should be
gradual and kept to a minimum to avoid damage to the
fabric. Should equipment tires pick up the fabric or
the paver cause movement of the membrane during paving
operations asphalt paving may be broadcast ahead of
trucks and the paver to prevent damage. Any damage to
the reinforcement membrane due to equipment shall be
repaired by the Contractor at his expense.
•
0
TS -1914-5 COPYP.JGhT C 190
CRAFTON. TL'LL & ASSOCIATES. INC.
• DIVISION 19 BASES AND PAVEMENTS
ITEM 1915 GRANULAR BACKFILL
1915-1.2 DESCRIPTION:
The material and work covered under this section of the
Specifications shall include furnishing and placing
granular backfill in accordance with these
Specifications where called for on the Plans or
directed by the Engineer.
1915-2.1 MATERIAL:
Granular material shall be Class 7 as set out under the
Stone Base Course Specification.
1915-3.1 PLACING:
The material shall be placed in layers not greater than
six inch (6") thickness and compacted to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
0
is TS -1915-1
.,C•r O' T C 122C
CRAFTON. TLLL & ASSOCIA1ES. INC.